If you want to experience the dream vacation of a lifetime and the true essence of Ireland, the Ashford Lodge and Castle is the place for you. Do you want to feel like royalty, be pampered, and experience a real Irish castle? The property hosts loads of activities without breaking the bank; then West Ireland is calling your name!

As Ireland’s first and only Forbes five-star hotel and former castle of the Guinness family, this is truly a once-in-a-lifetime experience. The estate covers over 350 acres of impeccably manicured grounds and walking trails. As an airline pilot, I travel the world and have access to some pretty amazing places. Ashford Lodge has just landed as my number-one destination! Follow along with me on this amazing journey and get inspired to make it your number-one destination too.

1. Ashford Lodge

The Lodge was built in 1865 for the estate manager of the castle. It is a quiet, white-washed, two-floor property with 64 well-appointed rooms. Nestled on top of a hill, the Lodge has incredible views of Lough Corrib, a small quaint bay, and rolling green hills. Inside the Lodge is Wilde’s Dining Room, an elegant and modern restaurant that serves mouth-watering, classical, locally sourced dishes. Included in your stay is a daily two-course, delicious Irish breakfast. The ambiance, setting, food, and impeccable service carry over as the goal of each team member’s Irish charm is to make a difference for each and every guest. 

A lovely Quay Brasserie and a bar are also available if you choose to snuggle into a comfy chair gazing over the sweeping views of Lough Corrib, or stroll and see the collection of fine art. The most enjoyable part of staying at the Lodge is the informal and intimate setting while still having access to the castle and its grounds at a fraction of the price!

2. Luskin Suite

The Ashford Lodge is a hidden gem offering a classic castle setting with a contemporary offering. I stayed in the Luskin Suite. The room was plush and modernized with all the amenities that made me feel like a queen! Each room has elegant surroundings, Egyptian cotton linens, deluxe thirsty cotton towels perched upon a towel warmer, thick robes, and slippers. The Luskin Suite also includes a chocolate fudge turndown service!

3. Ashford Castle

The Ashford Castle resides below the Lodge and is a short 5-minute walk through one of the most enchanting forests I’ve ever seen. If you aren’t up for the stroll, or it starts to sprinkle, a complimentary Range Rover is always available to give you a ride down to the castle. 

Guests staying at the Lodge have the same access to experiences as those who stay at the pricier castle.

There are so many activities at the castle, however, it’s hard to only pick a few. There is something for everyone. They offer an equestrian center, fishing, boat rentals, bicycling, trap shooting, a nine-hole golf course, archery, a boat cruise, tennis, a traditional afternoon tea service, a spa service, and miles of walking trails. You can join the daily morning organized walk with the castle’s resident Irish Wolfhounds or join a docent for a historic walk through the preserve’s trails. You can soak up some movie history strolling through the buildings used during the filming of The Quiet Man, starring John Wayne and Maureen O’Hara. 

One of the best activities I did for myself didn’t cost a cent! I unplugged, put on my windbreaker and tennis shoes, and walked. I walked miles, alone and in the silence of the forest. I heard a symphony of birds chirping while my footsteps crunched on the gravel. I didn’t hear the roar of jet engines or the clicking of rushing heels in the airport, and I rarely spotted another guest. This magical area is a place to come to unwind and be pampered.

Pro Tips: If you happen to catch a salmon or black trout, the restaurant will prepare it for you. If dining at the castle, remember to wear a coat and tie! Be sure to reserve your activities in advance with a reservation specialist.

4. Falconry School Of Ireland

It was hard to choose, but I lucked out and felt like I won the golden ticket when I experienced a private hawk walk at the castle’s Falconry School. It is the first, oldest, and finest Falconry school in Ireland. Flying hawks is an experience of a lifetime! My time with “Pippin,” the Harris hawk, was one of the coolest things I’ve ever experienced. They are well cared for, flown daily, and awe-inspiring birds you can experience in an up close and personal way. We walked and flew together, strolling through magnificent green pastures, trees, and onto groomed trails. The power and grace of these remarkable creatures are awe-inspiring. I would return to Ireland just for this!

5. The Wilde’s Restaurant 

After a full day of activities, I worked up quite an appetite. The calming cottage feel of The Wilde’s restaurant is a nice juxtaposition with its “white tablecloth” service. I started with a recommended glass of Austrian sparkling wine and a chicken consommé and puffed pastry soup. There is nothing simple about an Irish basket of freshly baked bread and Irish butter with sea salt. My entrée was a spectacular locally sourced rack of lamb served with potatoes dauphine and vegetables. It was followed by a decadent dessert of dark chocolate mousse with butterscotch ice cream infused with sea salt. I am a self-proclaimed, world-traveled foodie; this dinner was superb! For breakfast, I was spoiled with a two-course Irish breakfast. I started with freshly squeezed juices, selections from Mueslix, fruit, and Irish porridge followed by a main entrée. I chose Irish eggs Benedict. It was a fabulous meal to fuel another day of activities.

Pro Tip: The Lodge offers room specials including a three-course dinner.

6. The West Coast

Most travelers choose to stay in or around Dublin on the east coast of Ireland. But the truly magical storytime images of Ireland lie in the countryside on the west coast. The beauty of the west coast has loads of unspoiled windswept coastlines, woodlands and valleys, winding narrow roads with little traffic, and herds of sheep dotting the fields. Adding to the breathtaking scenery are tiny towns and villages with cobblestone streets, thatched-roof buildings, and quaint pubs dotting the main street.

The Emerald Coast of Ireland is filled with history, rugged beauty, and friendly residents. This part of the countryside has authentic Irish culture, rugged scenery, and towering cliffs you won’t find anywhere else.

Pro Tip: If you love Guinness beer, come and see how nature inspired its creation! The castle at one time was owned by the Guinness family.

Getting There

Daily flights from the U.S. to Shannon (SNN) airport make getting to the castle a breeze. It’s a short 2-hour drive north to the property. I recommend stopping halfway for a walk and tea in the town of Galway, most notably the largest Gaelic-speaking population in Ireland. Cobblestone streets and Irish pubs, shops, and restaurants make up the true Irish charm of this famous little corner of the world.

Pro Tips

Watch a youtube video on driving on the left! Save your receipt for goods purchased. You can get your VAT tax returned at the airport when you depart. During October, the castle has a Harry Potter-themed Halloween event with live hawks! Consider traveling in the off-season to get even better room rates!

Related Reading:

• 7 Reasons Why You’ll Fall In Love With Charming Kinsale, Ireland
• 9 Reasons To Visit The Ancient Town Of Kilkenny, Ireland
• 13 Reasons You’ll Fall In Love With Ireland’s Enchanting Connemara Region

Rome has a rich history and vibrant culture that can transport you to a different era. Long before I ever visited Rome, what I knew of the ancient city came from the movies. I’m a classic movie buff, and Roman Holiday, the 1953 romantic comedy, is my favorite film.

The story unfolds as Princess Ann, who, during a visit to Rome, escapes her guardians to explore the city. Enter a handsome newspaper reporter who whisks her away on the back of his Vespa. I’ll never forget the images of iconic landmarks in the eternal city whizzing by as the movie unfolds.

On a recent visit, I found that exploring Rome by Vespa Sidecar Tour can make you feel like you’re living a similar fantasy. 

My private Vespa Sidecar Tour was provided by Anantara Palazzo Naiadi as part of a hosted stay at the beautiful hotel. As always, all opinions are my own.

The Vespa Sidecar Tour 

The Vespa Sidecar tour offers a unique way to discover the city’s famous landmarks, hidden gems, and picturesque squares. As you motor through the bustling city, you can imagine yourself as Audrey Hepburn’s character, Princess Ann, embarking on her own Roman adventure. 

The company’s owner, Luca Di Trapano, explained that the Vespa Sidecar Tour was born in a flash of inspiration after 2 decades of giving tours in Rome. He thought the concept was genius but later learned his idea was 45 years too late.

The makers of the Vespa stopped producing the model equipped with a sidecar in 1968. Not easily deterred, he persevered and brought his dream to reality. Since 2018, Luca has welcomed over 20,000 passengers on board without a single accident. He told me, “It is like having sailed through the streets of Rome with four or five gigantic cruise ships!”

The tours are 3 hours, depending on traffic. The price is 110 euros per person (about $117) on the small group tour (12 guests max). You can take the tour solo as I did or with a companion or group. Trade places halfway through for a new perspective. A private tour’s price depends on the number of guests.

Here are several reasons why you should explore Rome on this unique Vespa tour.

Easy Meeting Point

Piazza della Repubblica is the tour meeting point. The square is well-connected and easy for drop-offs by taxis and vehicles. Take the subway Line A to the Repubblica-Teatro dell’Opera stop. It’s just a 2-minute walk from the Central Termini Railway Station.

Pro Tip: If you want somewhere to stay close by, I recommend Anantara Palazzo Naiadi Rome Hotel. A restored 19th-century, crescent-shaped palazzo, it fronts Piazza della Repubblica, where the Vespa tour starts. At the assigned time, I met my guide, Alessio, at the concierge desk. My chariot, i.e. baby blue Vespa, was waiting just outside.

The Iconic Landmarks Of Rome

Exploring the highlights of the Eternal City, we visited 12 sights, including the Spanish Steps, Piazza del Popolo, and the Borghese Gardens. There were several opportunities to stop, stretch our legs, and linger, including the Trevi Fountain and the Pantheon.

It’s A Blast!

When exploring the beautiful city of Rome, I loved all the astonished looks on people’s faces as we made our way down tight alleys and broad avenues. I felt like a movie star — everyone was smiling, waving, and snapping our photo. We must have been quite a sight; something special to share with family members when you get home.

Avoid The Crowds

What’s the best way to avoid crowds and see a different side of Rome? See it on a Vespa! If you’re fearless, you could rent one yourself. But my advice? Enlist a pro. You will feel much safer riding next to or behind someone who understands the ins and outs of Rome’s streets, where locals think traffic lanes are merely suggestions.

It’s A Beautiful Ride

The Vespa is a classic: These stunning coupes from Italy are iconic on the streets of Rome. Piaggio & Co. started making the Vespa after WWII as cheap, affordable transportation. Eventually, in 1953, the hit movie Roman Holiday showed the world how great a Vespa could be, resulting in record sales. Like the Colosseum, the Italian scooter has remained a part of Italy’s landscape. You will feel like an authentic Italian in the sidecar of a Vespa.

Unique And Unforgettable Way To See The Eternal City 

Unlike larger vehicles, a Vespa can easily maneuver through tight spaces, allowing you to see more of the city’s hidden gems and local hotspots. As you zip through the streets, you’ll experience the city in an exciting and unique way. Your guide will share his knowledge of the city’s history and culture, providing insights into the backstories of the pivotal figures in the Roman Empire.

A Driver And Official Guide Rolled Into One

My driver, Alessio, wasn’t just a history buff: He’s also an official guide, which means he’s been trained to lead tours and provide in-depth information on all the sites you’ll see. He knows how to keep you engaged, entertained, and informed, making your Vespa tour an unforgettable experience. Throughout the tour, he shared fascinating facts, historical anecdotes, and his favorite neighborhoods and restaurants. With his expertise and passion for sharing the city’s rich history, you’ll have a one-of-a-kind adventure that you’ll remember for years to come. 

Radio-Connected Modern Whispers

As we cruised along the streets of Rome, Alessio provided commentary directly into my ear through a modern whisper system. He pointed out the window overlooking St. Peter’s Square where the Pope makes his Sunday address. It was chilling to see the balcony above the Piazza Venezia, where Mussolini delivered his most famous speech, the declaration of war on France and Britain in 1940.

A Sense Of Freedom And Excitement

Take in Rome’s sights, sounds, and smells from the open-air Vespa sidecar. You can enjoy the warm breeze on your face, witness the daily life of Romans, and immerse yourself in the city’s timeless beauty. 

Pro Tip: Three hours is about the right amount of time to get a taste of Rome. I saw much more than I would in a walking tour, and it was a better experience than a hop-on, hop-off bus tour — we could go where large coaches could not.

I Felt Safe 

The guides are expert drivers and the top-class helmets have face shields and disposable head covers. The passenger wears a seatbelt with a shoulder harness. We traveled at the most 24 miles per hour; just the right pace. Once you are on board, your unease fades away as you sit back, hold on, and enjoy the thrill of exploring Rome on a Vespa.

The Hidden Gems Of Rome

Rome is one of the most beautiful places in Italy and a real bucket-list destination. But allow some time to visit the hidden gems many tourists miss. Janiculum Hill, called the “Eighth Hill of Rome,” is a beautiful, often overlooked area with the best views of Rome. It’s a bit of a climb on foot, but on a Vespa, sit back and enjoy the ride. Piazzale Garibaldi in the center has the Giuseppe Garibaldi Monument with a cannon that fires daily at noon. Don’t miss the 17th-century Aqua Paola Fountain.

Cappuccino And Cornetto 

After visiting the Pantheon, we stopped for a cappuccino and cornetto, the traditional Roman breakfast choice. Our baby blue Vespa was parked nearby and I enjoyed watching how much attention it got from passersby. On the afternoon tours, customers are offered gelato instead.

Unforgettable Experience 

This is the perfect gift for someone who has done everything and an unforgettable experience for curious travelers of all ages. You will carry home remarkable moments and fun memories. 

Would I recommend Vespa Sidecar Tour? Absolutely. If this had been my first time in Rome, it would have given me a good overview of the places I would like to return to for a deeper dive. I have been to Rome several times, but until now, I’ve never seen the eternal beauty of Rome from the seat of a Vespa sidecar. And the coin I tossed into the Trevi Fountain guarantees I’ll be back.

Related Reading: 

• 9 Ways To Avoid Looking Like A Tourist In Rome
• 7 Unexpected And Unforgettable Attractions You Need To See In Rome
• 7 Best Places To Indulge In Dolce Far Niente While Visiting Rome

The Silk Road is a legendary but very real 4,000-mile-plus-long trade route that connected Europe with China in a quest to not only buy silk but also shift plenty of other merchandise, such as spices and natural resources, along the way. Made up of many separate roads, including water routes across the Mediterranean from Venice or the Frankincense route from Oman, it used to take months and years to travel along the route. As a result, many cities and centers of learning sprang up along the way to help further the exchange, not only of goods but also knowledge.

I have been fascinated with the Silk Road ever since I read William Dalrymple’s In Xanadu: A Quest decades ago. But to travel along the many routes is not only extremely time-consuming but also a logistical nightmare due to conflicts, borders, difficulties obtaining visas, and a lack of connecting flights. So, instead, I bought a huge map and started to take shorter travels to some of the cities along the way, connecting the dots as I go.

I still have many places to see, some already booked, such as Samarkand, Bukhara, and Khiva in Uzbekistan later this year. Others are still in the planning stages, such as Bishkek in Kyrgyzstan, Xi’an in China, and the constant dream about visiting Iran one day. So, watch out for part II of this story.

In the meantime, here are some fabulous cities I have discovered so far — all offering a Silk Road connection and many legendary sights to see.

1. Istanbul, Turkiye

Istanbul, or Constantinople as it was then, was the official endpoint of the Silk Road, but I started my quest from Europe, so to me, Istanbul is the gateway to Asia and the Silk Road. Old Constantinople was not only the connection to the Mediterranean and Black Sea but it was a rich center of learning and a bustling trade hub. To get a feeling for what it must have been like in the Silk Road days, head straight to the Grand Bazaar and the Spice Bazaar, which opened in the mid-1400s. This was admittedly toward the end of the heyday of the ancient Silk Road, but it still would have welcomed traders from far away.

Pro Tip: The Silk Road then moved inland through the modern-day capital of Ankara toward the Caspian Sea, with many exciting stops along the way. To really get a feeling for the importance of the Silk Road in Turkiye, book a 10-day tour to find out more and stop in caravanserais along the way. (Caravanserais were roadside inns along the Silk Road for passing traders and travelers.)

2. Yerevan, Armenia

The capital of Armenia, Yerevan is not only one of the oldest inhabited cities on Earth but also a city that offers both ancient history and modern art, culture, and tradition as well as a palatable joie de vivre with cafés and terraces on every street. The best place to start your visit is at the Cascade Complex, a set of stairs leading from the sculpture park below, up 572 steps to a view across the city. With the mountains of Great Ararat and Little Ararat on the horizon, the Ararat Valley is also a major route through the region. Note that within the Cafesjian Arts Centre on the left of the steps is a series of escalators that save your legs on the way up. (I just wish I had found them before I climbed to the top!) The city itself is great to relax in, walk and explore, but it is also a perfect base for day trips to the many monasteries and Silk Road caravanserais located within the countryside. Armenia is a relatively small country, very mountainous, with lakes and valleys, and so much history, all quite easily visited during organized and guided tours.

Pro Tip: You can get a driver to take you from Yerevan all the way to Tbilisi, the next stop below, taking in some sights along the way. It is around a 5-hour drive from capital to capital but very scenic.

3. Tbilisi, Georgia

Tbilisi may not be one of the better-known stops along the main route, but it was an often-used detour to rest weary travel bones in the city’s famous hot springs. The ancient baths along the springs have not changed at all since the Silk Road days. And to get a feeling for where travel-worn merchants would have stayed, head straight to the Tbilisi History Museum. It’s set in an old caravanserai where there were rooms for travelers, spaces and food for camels, and a market spot to trade at while you’re there. Today, the open space not only holds the history and a museum but also, down in the basement, a wine museum complete with a wine bar. And that might well have been another reason to stop off in Tbilisi; the Georgian wine is rather good.

Pro Tip: To keep in with the theme, don’t miss the State Silk Museum to learn more about the material that bore the trade route.

4. Baku, Azerbaijan

On the coast of the Caspian Sea, Azerbaijan’s capital city of Baku offers a superbly preserved look at Silk Road sights as they were when traders stopped to trade spices and cashmere on the way from India. The first stop should be the walled city of Icherisheher, with the Maiden Tower, its mosque, bazaar, and the wonderful Palace of the Shirvanshahs. There are also still many caravanserais dotted throughout the modern city, such as the lovely space around the Zoroastrian Fire Temple.

Pro Tip: To see more of the Land of Fire, where you find burning hills, petroglyphs, and mud volcanoes (all of which must have fascinated the Silk Road travelers even in the old days), book a private tour to Sheki.

5. Almaty, Kazakhstan

The first thing that struck me when arriving in Almaty was the snow-capped mountains that loomed on the horizon. They must have offered a mighty challenge to ancient merchants. Traveling through these mountain ranges hundreds, if not thousands, of years ago on camel or horseback must have been daunting. But they came and stayed a while in the green valleys around Almaty, probably gorging themselves on the plentiful apples that originate here. Here, there were craftsmen who mended armor and riding gear, and apparently, the jewelry trade was very popular. Something nice to bring back home after years on the road, I guess.

Pro Tip: Kazakhstan is a vast country and Almaty only offers a tiny glimpse. So, why not search out more Silk Road sights on a 4-day tour?

6. Fatehpur Sikri, India

Fatehpur Sikri — the City of Victory in the State of Uttar Pradesh’s Agra District in northern India — is often simply visited because it is close (ish) to the Taj Mahal. When I first visited this abandoned city years ago, I had no idea that it had a Silk Road connection. So, when I was putting pins into my Silk Road map, I was utterly delighted that I had stopped there.

Built in 1571 as the capital of the Mughal Empire, Fatehpur Sikri soon became a trading post for passing Silk Road routes because of the Mughal emperor’s patronage of the arts, crafts, and the court’s love of luxury goods, including silk. Abandoned by its emperor Akbar in 1585, Fatehpur remained a trading hub and center of craftsmanship. It still had one of India’s largest mosques and was a center of learning and religion. The city remained an important stop along the northern routes, so much so that in 1803, the trading giant East India Company settled there until 1850.

Pro Tip: When you find yourself in northern India, you will undoubtedly visit the Taj Mahal. Combine your trip with a visit to Fatehpur Sikri to marvel at this great abandoned city.

7. Beijing, China

While in ancient times, Xi’an was the last — or first — stop along the Silk Road, when the failing trade along the routes was restarted under Mongol rule in the 14th and 15th centuries, the route was expanded through China to eventually have Beijing as its starting point, or terminus. But even before then, intrepid merchant Marco Polo visited Beijing, or as it was then called, Dadu, the Great Capital, in the late 1200s. Giving you an idea of quite how long the Silk Road has been in operation, Marco Polo would have been in Beijing more than 100 years before the Forbidden City was even designed. But what he would have seen is the Pagoda of the Tianning Temple, the Great Wall of China, and, of course, the Marco Polo Bridge, which dates to 1189.

Pro Tip: Read The Travels of Marco Polo, but do it with a huge pinch of salt, as he is known to have made things up as he went. He was also not necessarily a good writer, but just the thought that he wrote those diary entries around the turn of the 13th century, and many of the sights he describes are still there, is quite mind-blowing.

Milan is a bustling fashion and business city that offers countless accommodation options. There are super luxury hotels, such as Armani and Bulgari, and plenty of comfortable Airbnbs. But what I like are the boutique stays, usually smaller hotels that offer something a little different while at prices that are not as eye-watering as some. 

Obviously, the selection of your home away from home is a very personal thing. So I put together a few of my favorites — in no particular order — that cover a range of styles, locations, and approaches, but each has something special to highly recommend it.

Will you be staying in the center or by a canal? Modern or historic? The choice is yours.

1. B&B Hotel Milano Sant’Ambrogio

Honestly, when my taxi from the airport dropped me off outside the B&B Hotel Milano Sant’Ambrogio, I was really disappointed. I thought it was a modern, bland-looking building without any historical charm. Inside, the first impression was more like a hostel than a hotel. But when I went up to my room on the fourth floor, I gasped with joy: The huge terrace and the stunning view across the church opposite were in fact the reason I booked the hotel. Plus, the location was steps from the National Leonardo da Vinci Science and Technology Museum and the Sant’Ambrogio metro stop, a 10-minute walk into the center and to the lovely neighborhood of Navigli. It is a quiet yet central location within easy reach of everything.

Favorite Amenities: The terraces alone are worth staying here. It is not a luxury hotel, but the rooms and bathrooms are comfortable and of a good size. But book a room with a terrace and church view and all you need is a bottle of wine and some snacks after a hard day of sightseeing, sitting on the comfortable outdoor furniture to feel so relaxed.

Pro Tip: My room was 403 and the best of the neighboring rooms — I checked! You’ll see both sunrise and sunset from there, with the pleasant church bells waking you on a Sunday. But remember to close the blinds on a sunny day before you head out in the morning; it gets hot.

2. Palazzo Segreti

The Palazzo Segreti lies off the bustling shopping street of Via Dante, the connection between the Duomo and the Castello Sforzesco, within easy walking distance of all the important sights. However, it’s located on a side street that allows for peace and quiet. The building is an 18th-century townhouse, stunning and interesting, while inside you have a great mix of historic and modern styles. There is art dotted throughout and a great selection of black-and-white photographs of some of Hollywood’s greatest stars by a tiny, but perfectly formed and equipped bar.

Favorite Amenities: I know that many hotels offer robes, but these are especially cozy, and the embroidered logo makes them a very desirable souvenir. Buy one from reception, don’t steal. You can, however, steal the little notepad and pens on your bedside table; such a cute memento.

Pro Tip: Some of the suites have a bathtub right next to the double bed, so, if you prefer privacy, make sure you get a bathroom door when booking.

3. Maison Borella

Right on the main canal in the charming neighborhood of Navigli, you’ll find the old family home of the Borellas, now a beautiful boutique hotel. The building is historic and full of charm, with wooden floors, hefty beams on the ceiling, and many original stone walls. The rooms are set around the courtyard — which is lovely and shaded to sit in — and are all gorgeous. Some have beams on the ceiling and others a skylight, while some have a courtyard view and others look out across the canal. All have lovely individual features and a splash of color provided by modern chairs or a bright orchid on the desk.

Favorite Amenities: There is the wonderful Bugandé restaurant, which is not only beautiful but also serves great food.

Plus, the hotel offers a couple of maison privees, which are private suites with their own separate entrance set apart from the hotel itself but only steps away, where you can enjoy utter privacy amongst the hotel’s amenities.

Pro Tip: On the weekend, it can get noisy. If you have a canal view, the market stalls are set up early in the morning, and at night, you have revelers, although not generally rowdy ones. While the courtyard can occasionally echo a little, it is generally quieter.

4. Art Hotel Navigli

Not far from Maison Borella, on the same side of the canal but on a little side street, lies the Art Hotel Navigli. Compared to the previous hotel, it is utterly modern, but nonetheless really nice. It is light, airy, and full of color, and, you’ve guessed it, art. Downstairs there is always an exhibition of contemporary art going, and throughout the hotel, there are sculptures and pictures complementing the building and rooms. The rooms themselves are spacious, plain but comfortable, with all the amenities you could wish for — from robes and slippers to a kettle and Nespresso coffee machine and all the usual suspects. Because it is a modern hotel, it also offers accessible rooms and facilities.

Favorite Amenities: This is where this hotel shines: with in-house, safe parking, a gorgeous spa with a sauna and swimming pool, and a superb roof terrace. It’s all right by the canal and within easy reach of the center of Milan.

Pro Tip: Here, you have plenty of room options: from rather lovely little single rooms with a private terrace to large and potentially adjoining rooms for larger families or groups of friends.

5. Aethos Navigli 

Steps from the bustling Piazza Ventiquattro Maggio and the Arco di Porta Ticinese, the gateway to Naviglio and the canals, this trendy hotel (formerly The Yard Milano) is both a quiet oasis within, as well as being on the doorstep of countless restaurants, bars, and fun to be had. A 20-minute walk, or 10-minute tram ride, from the Duomo, this is a good location for all of Milan’s sights. The hotel is a quirky mix of styles, ranging from industrial chic to historic to hyper-modern and artsy. There are so many little lovely touches and gorgeous bespoke furniture, with my favorite being the travel-trunk-inspired bedside tables in one of the suites.

Favorite Amenities: Although the neighborhood is full of restaurants and bars, in this hotel, the restaurants are the draw for the locals. With restaurants, the terrace and bar are so tempting, you will need to make a concerted effort to eat outside of the hotel.

Pro Tip: If you can splash out, book yourself into The Loft. Around 1,300 square feet of space include two bedrooms, a wrap-around balcony and roof terrace with amazing views, a library, and a walk-in closet.

6. Sina Hotel De La Ville

With 227 rooms, this hotel may be teetering on the brink of no longer being able to classify as a boutique hotel, but its location and old-world charm make me want to include it anyway. Located within the triangular of the Duomo, La Scala, and the Galleria Vittorio Emanuele II, you are in the heart of Milan, right in the shopping district, and will struggle to get your 10,000 steps in because everything is on the doorstep. The hotel dates to the 1950s, and stepping through the revolving door is a little like a time warp, with the décor not having changed much, but that is exactly the charm of this place. The rooms vary from stuck-in-the-1950s to having classy antique furniture and silk tapestries, to modern and funky with views of the Duomo, so choose wisely.

Favorite Amenities: Enjoy breakfast in bed and the roof terrace with grand views and sun loungers by a little pool.

Pro Tip: The hotel lies within a traffic-restricted zone, so, should you be driving yourself, check with the hotel about access.

Welcome to Tuscany, a region bursting with charm and brimming with hidden treasures. Tuscany is a place where rolling hills, picturesque villages, and ancient architecture blend seamlessly with a vibrant culture, delicious cuisine, and world-renowned wines. From the stunning beaches of the Tuscan coastline to the majestic Apennine Mountains, Tuscany offers a diverse range of landscapes that are sure to captivate any traveler.

Beyond the popular cities of Florence, Pisa, and Siena lies a world of special, off-the-beaten-path destinations. I never cease to be surprised by the hidden gems this fabulous part of Italy has to offer. I’m going to share with you five of my favorite Tuscan (lesser-known) treasures. These spots are not only easy to reach from the most popular cities but are also perfect for those looking to escape the crowds and have an authentic Tuscan experience.

Whether you’re a first-time visitor or a seasoned Italian traveler, Tuscany’s hidden gems are sure to find a place in your heart. So, pack your bags and let’s start exploring!

1. Pitigliano

Located in the southern part of Tuscany, on the border with Lazio, Pitigliano is often overlooked by tourists. This medieval town was built on a rocky outcrop and is a must-visit destination for anyone looking to explore some of the more unique sights of Tuscany.

Pitigliano is also known as “Little Jerusalem” due to its position close to Rome, where escaping Jews could find refuge. As early as the 14th century, the town became an important haven for Jews, with their numbers growing so much that they built a temple here in 1598. In fact, during the Holocaust, the Jews of Pitigliano, a 400-year-old community, were hidden for almost a year by sympathetic local farmers in barns and caves. None of those in hiding were arrested and all survived.

As you walk through Pitigliano’s narrow cobbled streets, you’ll be enchanted by the town’s exceptional architecture, Etruscan tombs, and wells, all of which seem to be part of the rock itself. Don’t miss the impressive Palazzo Orsini, which serves as the entrance to the old town and houses the Archaeological and Art Museums.

Pitigliano is also known for its network of secret tunnels carved into the rock, leading to age-old wine cellars and fascinating chambers. If you’re a history buff, visit the Jewish Ghetto, as well as the Duomo di Pitigliano. Before you leave, take a moment to enjoy the picturesque landscapes surrounding the town. Visit Forno Del Ghetto to indulge in some traditional Jewish sfratti, a typical walnut, nutmeg, honey, and orange-peel pastry of Pitigliano, still baked and sold in the bakeries and pastry shops of the village. And if you have time, stay for dinner at Osteria di Fuori Porta di Pitigliano and savor a glass of wine while admiring the stunning views.

Pitigliano is an easy 2-hour drive from Rome and just over 2 hours from Florence.

2. Sorano

Sorano, a hidden gem in southern Tuscany, is a must-visit destination for those looking to experience the beauty and charm of off-the-beaten-path Italy. This centuries-old village perched on a cliff and dug into the rock (like nearby Pitigliano), offers visitors a glimpse into the Etruscan era and medieval times. It is often referred to as the Matera of Tuscany, due to its rocky villages and pathways that take you on a journey through time. Visitors can explore the Etruscan necropolis, take in the stunning views from the Rocca Orsini fortress and the Masso Leopoldino (also known as Rocca Vecchia), and admire art from the Middle Ages at the Collegiata di San Niccolo.

Sorano is also a great place for foodies and wine enthusiasts. The village is famous for its grape harvests, wine tastings, tours, and seminars that can be enjoyed at Sassotondo on the old road from Pitigliano to Sovana.

Getting to Sorano is easy, with it only being a 2-hour drive from both Rome and Florence. Those who are visiting nearby Pitigliano should also make time to explore Sorano, as it offers a similar charm on a smaller scale.

Pro Tip: If you are looking for somewhere to stay, try Agriturismo Locanda Pantanello, a beautifully restored traditional 17th-century stone farmhouse only a 10-minute drive outside of Sorano. 

3. Monteriggioni

Located just north of Siena, Monteriggioni is a medieval hilltop town that’s a must-visit for those exploring Tuscany. Built between 1214 and 1219 as a defense against the strong Florentines to the north, it’s now a sleepy town, a peaceful and charming destination popular with those vacationing in Italy and seeking non-touristy places to visit. The town’s medieval fortifications and watchtowers are still in place.

The town is home to several notable attractions, including the 13th-century Church of Santa Maria Assunta and the Museo Monteriggioni in Arme (Army Museum), which houses a collection of original military objects, clothing, and weapons. Visitors can also enjoy panoramic views of the surrounding Tuscan countryside from the town’s towers and walkways.

While in town, be sure to explore the narrow streets, charming gardens, and the must-see central square with its ancient well. If you’re lucky enough to be in Monteriggioni in July, don’t miss the annual Medieval Festival, known as Monteriggioni Festa, which kicks off with a Grand Banquet in the piazza. Then, the following days are dedicated to medieval games, traditional craftsmen at work, and colorful parades, along with fireworks, dancing and music, and plenty of food and wine.

Although Monteriggioni is small and accommodations are limited, there are a few places to stay, including Hotel Monteriggioni and Camere Dentro Il Castello. For a truly unforgettable experience, visit Fattoria Castello di Monteriggioni winery and sample some of the region’s fabulous food and delicious wines.

Pro Tip: Combining a visit to Monteriggioni with nearby places like San Gimignano or Greve in Chianti is highly recommended.

4. Bagni San Filippo

The small, beautiful Tuscan town of Bagni San Filippo is named after the secluded hot springs located there. The town is just a few minutes away from the Instagram-famous Val d’Orcia (Valley of the Orcia River), a UNESCO heritage site and a valley in the heart of Tuscany that’s retained its unspoiled beauty for centuries.

The Baths of San Filippo, situated in a park in the heart of the town, offer beautiful natural thermal pools where the water flowing through is rich in carbonate-calcic. Over the years, these deposits of calcium have created huge formations. The most impressive of which is the White Whale, which looks like a solidified waterfall. A short downward hike through the park will get you to the gorgeous pools for a therapeutic and relaxing swim in the 77-degree Fahrenheit, mineral-enriched water. The best time to visit the springs is between September and November, especially on weekdays or early mornings when there are fewer crowds.

The hot springs are free to visit and Bagni San Filippo is a great day-trip option from Rome or Florence, but an even better decision is to stay in the area for a few days. For those looking to stay in the region, Montepulciano offers good accommodation options, like Il Tosco, an antique mansion in the heart of Montepulciano.

Pro Tip: There are plenty of hidden spots at Bagni San Filippo to discover. Don’t settle for the main areas, keep walking until you find the more secluded, deep turquoise pools. I’d recommend bringing a picnic lunch and plenty of water!

5. Elba Island

I’m cheating a little here by giving you a whole island and not just a town! Elba Island, situated just 6 miles off the coast of Tuscany, is the third largest Italian Island after Sicily and Sardinia, and it’s one of the best hidden gems in Tuscany. Famous for its pristine coastline, Elba isn’t really on holidaymakers’ radars yet but is definitely worth exploring.

Elba is part of Tuscan Archipelago National Park, Europe’s largest marine park, along with eight other islands, including Giglio, Giannutri, and Montecristo. Visitors should take advantage of the island’s stunning coastline with its crystal-clear waters, hidden coves, and pristine beaches, such as Cala delle Alghe or the Spiaggia Luisi d’Angelo. The lushly wooded interior is perfect for walking and cycling. Hiking up Capanne Mount provides spectacular views of the island, while exploring the historic Fortress of Volterraio, perched at the top of the island, offers insight into Elba’s rich past. A visit to Portoferraio is a must for history buffs, as it was once Napoleon’s place of exile.

As in the rest of Italy, a general love of children in Elba is accompanied by fabulous, child-friendly food, plenty of family-friendly activities, and a good range of family-friendly accommodations, like the Baia Bianca Suites or the Hotel Antares. Children will particularly love the wire-cage chairlift to the island’s peak, which offers views all the way to Corsica.

The island’s charm lies in its untouched natural beauty and unspoiled landscape, providing a tranquil escape from the hustle and bustle of everyday life. With eight ferries a day connecting it to the mainland, Elba Island is easily accessible and definitely worth a visit.

There you have it — five of my very favorite hidden gems in Tuscany. Head out and discover the unique scenery, the amazing history, the tantalizing food, and of course, the world-class wine that this incredible region of Italy has to offer!

Related Reading:

• How To Spend A Day In Montepulciano, Italy
• 17 Adorable Towns To Visit In Italy In 2023
• 9 Incredible Tuscan Villas You Can Rent In Italy

Is there anything better than Italian food? Pizza, pasta, risotto, truffles, and all that wine make it what is most likely the most loved cuisine in the world. I mean, do you know a city without an Italian restaurant? Of course not. But eating Italian food in Italy is even better. The pasta is more al dente, the ingredients more authentic and fresh, and, chances are, there is actually a nonna in the kitchen cooking away. 

Every region in Italy has its own specialties, which shine more there than anywhere else, but overall, it is quite certain that you will eat well wherever you go. And that is as true in Milan as it is in the rest of Italy.

Here I have listed some of my tried-and-tested places to enjoy a drink, breakfast, lunch, and dinner. They vary from a café inside a mall to a lovely restaurant in a gorgeous hotel, from a little place locals frequent to a terrace loved by tourists but still serving great food. In no particular order, you will not be disappointed by any of these.

1. Terrazza Aperol

Let’s start with my favorite first thing to do in a great city: sit on a terrace with a great view and a local cocktail in hand. In Milan, this leads you straight to Terrazza Aperol, literally next door to the fabulous Galleria Vittorio Emmanuele II and right by the Duomo. On the second floor, the terrace has simply the most spectacular views of the cathedral, you can sit in the sunshine, and the oh-so-Italian spritz is perfectly refreshing. There is simply no better place to start your visit to Milan.

What To Order: The clue is in the name, and the Aperol spritz is perfect, but there are also other choices of cocktails, spritz, prosecco, wine, or non-alcoholic drinks. A must-do is to order an aperitivo: a platter of nibbles that accompanies your drink. This is a typical pre-dinner antipasti tradition, and, if you are not too hungry, it is large enough to count as dinner. You get little sandwiches, meatballs, dough pockets, and there is also a vegetarian option.

Pro Tip: Downstairs, at ground level, have a look at the sandwiches in the vitrine of the Mercado del Duomo. These are substantial and really good, perfect for a cheap snack or picnic on the go. 

2. Naviglio 48

Right by the canal in the Navigli neighborhood, there are countless restaurants, most with seating outside and most offering typical Italian pizza and pasta for the hungry visitors that come to the district for its charm, markets, and restaurants. It is often very much hit-and-miss trying to find a decent restaurant when visiting abroad, as with everywhere unless you have local knowledge, but usually, the guests give you a clue. 

Naviglio 48 is frequented by more Italians than foreigners, and that is always a good sign. You can sit outside in the sunshine or inside in the quirkily decorated dining room, complete with piano and historic champagne cases. But my favorite spot is in the open window, technically inside, but so close to the outside that you can see everything going on from your slightly higher vantage point while benefiting from the inside shade.

What To Order: I always make a beeline for anything to do with truffle and/or mushrooms, and here, the pappardelle al funghi porcini e tartufo hit the spot. Start off with a mozzarella salad or the tartare di tonno al pistacchio tuna tartare and you can’t go wrong.

Pro Tip: Don’t forget to read the daily specials on the blackboard; always fresher than anything else.

3. Bebel

Napoli has its pizza, Rome its cacio e pepe, and Milan its risotto. You’ll find it on pretty much every menu, but, as with everything, it always depends on who is preparing it and for whom. Head away from the touristy spots to a local restaurant such as Bebel, which is in fact steps away from Il Caffe Ambrosiano mentioned below. Here you have no fancy décor, but each table is filled with families from the neighborhood, and you always have people already standing outside when they open at 7 p.m. Bebel is one of those places without a terrace, without anything to advertise it from the outside, but with all the charm of a typical Italian neighborhood eatery on the inside.

What To Order: For starters, have the grilled vegetables, which come with some grilled Scamorza cheese, a smoked cheese not unlike halloumi but without the squeak. And then, try the risotto alla Milanese, a simple plateful of yellow rice. Looks boring, but as it is flavored and colored with saffron, the taste is subtle and very good. And when in Milan…

Pro Tip: Order the house wine; it’s very good, very affordable, and available by the glass.

4. Il Caffe Ambrosiano (Bar Tavola Fredda)

When it comes to breakfast, the Italians like it sweet and light. So, what better than a traditional café with a vitrine full of croissants, biscuits, cakes, and all sorts of other sweet things, most of which I made my research project to try? Il Caffe Ambrosiano — right next to the National Leonardo da Vinci Science and Technology Museum and steps away from my hotel — is a little haven with superb coffee. Here, locals all know each other and take half an hour to order their drink because they all chat so much. Ambrosiano truly has the best croissants I have eaten in a very long time, and, having lived in Paris for years, that is saying something.

What To Order: Order the plain croissants, the shortbread biscuits, the canestrelli, the prussianes, and basically everything they have. Eat the croissants with your coffee and take a bag full of other goodies with you for the day.

Pro Tip: This is a family-run café, and despite the popular museum next door, they are closed on Sundays.

5. Bugandé

Part of the lovely Hotel Maison Borella, a historic place to stay right on the canal Naviglio Grande, is the Bugandé restaurant. Beautifully set tables inside and out, it is the ancient setting inside that is a must-see. There are wooden beams on the ceiling, stone walls, and they employed a quirky way to decorate the ancient surroundings and make them stand out even more by placing ceramic plates on the ceiling and covering one wall with small mirrors. There are small details everywhere, from ceramic birds to small displays of fresh flowers. It might all sound crazy and too bohemian for an elegant restaurant, but it really works. The food is traditionally Italian — maybe slightly more upmarket but no more expensive than other restaurants along the canal — and the ambiance is wonderful.

What To Order: Whatever their daily pasta special is; just trust me.

Pro Tip: Tables by the canal get the full sunshine and can get very hot, if you prefer outside to inside. Ask if the cute little courtyard is open.

6. Glacomo Arengario

Do you want something quite special with a stupendous view? Head straight to the Museo de Novecento, opposite the Galleria Vittorio Emmanuele III and Terrazza Aperol. Head up either elevator or along the spiral ramp, which is very Guggenheim, and marvel at the floor-to-ceiling windows. They are a sight to see in themselves. But look through them and there is the galleria straight ahead and the Duomo to your right. The views really do not get any better. The inside is a mix of early 19th-century design and cozy English country club, but sitting by the windows and the slightly dark setting gives way to incredible light. Book ahead to get a table in the front row.

What To Order: Start with the sea bass ceviche and then dive into the pasta, gnocchi, or risotto primi piatti, followed by the monkfish. The good thing about this restaurant is that it might look like it would be tourist bait with its views, but it serves Michelin-guide-recommended food at doable prices. And the wine list is extensive.

Pro Tip: Don’t miss the museum shop — and the museum, of course — on the way out. They have some fun souvenirs to take home.

7. Peck

My last choice is a nice little delicatessen restaurant where you not only get a choice of great coffees and wine but also a selection of lunchtime options in CityLife mall at Tre Torri. Peck is a great place to go after some shopping; to rest and recharge. Other than in most Italian restaurants, where you tend to overeat and even the smallest plate of pasta makes you feel a little too lethargic to continue sightseeing, here you can have something light and healthy and keep going.

What To Order: Either a plate of charcuterie, Italian meats, and/or cheeses with some fresh focaccia, or the sandwiches, which are stuffed with fresh ingredients.

Related Reading:

• My 6 Favorite Places To Eat In Florence, Italy
• My 6 Favorite Restaurants On Capri, Italy
• My 7 Favorite Restaurants To Experience In Sorrento, Italy

Parisian cafes and I have a long history to look back on. I have visited the city at least once a year since I was knee-high and later moved there for 6 years. But the first cafe I visited once I actually started drinking coffee and sitting on a cafe terrace watching people walk by was Les Deux Magots. It started me off on a rollercoaster of cafe visits, the variety of which you can only really enjoy in Paris.

While there are hundreds, if not thousands, of cafes in all shapes and sizes in Paris, there are a few that are so famous that they have become sights in their own right. Here, I mention some that mean a lot to me personally, for so many reasons, and others that are iconic, historic, or just gorgeous. And, yes, some overlap with this TravelAwaits article about cafes to experience in Paris, but doesn’t that just mean that these truly are icons of the Parisian cafe culture? Be sure not to miss these seven iconic Parisian cafes.

1. Les Deux Magots

I was visiting with my mother— years, no, decades ago. I was in my existentialist phase, wearing black turtleneck sweaters, smoking Gauloises, and drinking Ricard. Even though I hated both, I had an image to keep. My long-suffering mom took me to Les Deux Magots, the very cafe where Simone de Beauvoir and Jean-Paul Sartre had sat and debated the meaning of life years before. I was in heaven. When I later lived in Paris, I often went back and just wished my mom could have been there with me.

What To Order: The food is typically Parisian, with croque monsieurs, oysters, and other staples. Personally, I suggest ordering the charcuterie and cheese board with your aperitif. It’s pricey but large enough to count as dinner.

Pro Tip: On weekends, there is a queuing system for the terrace, so either come early and wait outside, or sit inside on the iconic red banquettes with the locals.

2. La Closerie Des Lilas

This is another cafe where de Beauvoir and Sartre sat and philosophized, and where Hemingway propped up the bar. La Closerie des Lilas, meaning “small lilac garden,” is another one of those cafes where, over the years, everybody who was anybody sat and met up. From Picasso to Zola and Baudelaire to Beckett, this was simply the place to be. While the terrace is lovely, and there is a fancy but very overpriced restaurant, I love sitting in the bar to the left of the entrance, where little name plates adorn the tables spelling out some of the famous patrons.

What To Order: This is expensive, so I just tend to have a coffee or an Aperol spritz. But, for something yummy and not too pricey, try the truffle and cheese ravioli.

Pro Tip: You are steps away from the Jardin du Luxembourg, one of the most beautiful gardens in Paris. Bring a book and sit by the fountain for a while.

3. La Palette

What do Picasso and Anthony Bourdain have in common with me? La Palette. On a corner of Rue de Seine, studded with art galleries leading from the bustling Saint Germain de Pres to — you’ve guessed it — the Seine, La Palette is a traditional cafe that has little changed since Picasso’s time. So much so that it has been listed as a historic monument. Inside, there is a small bar, but it is the backroom that is the interesting one. Here, you sit among paintings and tiled art in a veritable time warp. The terrace is great too, especially as you see the artsy people of the neighborhood saunter by, baguette under their arm. But for true atmosphere, sit inside.

What To Order: Paris is the best place for lunchtime omelets. Order the one with jambon de Paris and you cannot go wrong.

Pro Tip: At the end of the Rue de Seine lies the tiny Square Gabriel Pierné garden, which is filled with cherry blossoms in spring and hides a gorgeous statue of a little girl by Marcello Tommasi.

4. La Procope

The oldest cafe in Paris, it was here that Danton, Marat, and Robespierre concocted devious plans during the French Revolution, reminding me of school days, and later, even Napoleon Bonaparte ate here. Hidden away in the quaint and uncomfortably cobbled Rue de l’Ancienne Comédie, leading from Odeon through an archway, La Procope is as historic as it is iconic. Inside, a lovely staircase leads upstairs, and not one wall is straight, nor is the floor, but considering it first opened in 1686, that is only fair.

What To Order: Never mind coffee; book yourself in for dinner and go traditional: escargots for your starter, coq au vin for the main, and the not-to-be-missed flambeed crepe for dessert.

Pro Tip: A couple of buildings down is Grimart, a lovely art supply and stationery shop. They sell gorgeous notebooks.

5. Café De Flore

I know, I know: Café de Flore pops up in every single article about Parisian cafes. But it does so for good reason. It is where you meet friends when you live in Paris. It is where you sit during fashion week and watch all the Birds of Paradise stroll by. It is where you go for breakfast, or indeed, as I often did, to write for an hour or so. On the weekends, like at Les Deux Magots, there is a queue for the terrace. But during the week, you’re fine, and inside is always a chic option, even if it deprives you of people-watching. Instead, you’ll sit next to the locals that come every morning to read the paper.

What To Order: Breakfast! Depending on your appetite, have a flaky croissant, or try the tartine — simply half a baguette cut in two with butter and jam or honey. Inside, you can buy the cutest souvenirs, from plates to tea towels.

Pro Tip: Just when you think the age of magazines is over, head to the kiosk outside — especially during fashion week — and get your hands on one of the many thick, glossy fashion bibles. It’s great fun to flip through while you sit on the terrace and oh-so-French.

6. La Rotonde

Picasso painted it, Hemingway wrote about it in The Sun Also Rises, and Cocteau and Modigliani frequented it. Just up from the Closerie des Lilas, La Rotonde on Boulevard Montparnasse is one of those cafes where, in its heyday, everybody seemed to be somebody, and it must have been buzzing with creativity. And, like many others, the terrace is great for people-watching. But if you don’t see the inside, you are missing out.

What To Order: If you love seafood, this is the place to indulge. Order one of the iconic three-tiered seafood platters, packed full of crustaceans. Or, if that is a little daunting, definitely try the grilled turbot filet; one of my favorites.

Pro Tip: Just opposite the cafe, you have the famous La Coupole restaurant. In my mind, it used to be one of the best, but in recent years has lost a lot of its appeal, with the food just not being that good anymore. But do pop in for a glass of champagne and soak up the décor. The murals on the dome are a sight to see, as is the fine Art Deco décor.

7. Le Nemours

Another iconic cafe that most people mention, but again, Le Nemour is just so stylish and photogenic that even Angelina Jolie sat here in the film The Tourist. Right by the entrance to the Palais-Royal, the terrace is achingly beautiful and therefore deserves another mention.

What To Order: Have a coffee and a croissant, stay on the terrace, but pop to the toilet to marvel at the lovely monochrome floor tiles inside.

Pro Tip: Right next door is a little shop that sells figurines. Featuring figurines such as tin soldiers, TinTin, and all sorts of comic heroes, I can look at the window displays for hours.

Rhodes, Greece, is an island in the southeast Aegean Sea, very near the coast of Turkey. It’s an island steeped in history and culture, notwithstanding the fact that the Old Town is a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

Rhodes has a grand history of occupation from several occupying forces, The Knight’s Hospitalier being one of the most famous. They occupied Rhodes from 1306–1310 and it’s during this period that you’ll find many of Rhodes’s current famous monuments, such as the Palace of the Grand Masters, in the Old Town. In fact, Rhodes’s Old Town is one of Europe’s oldest — meaning people still live and trade behind its medieval castle walls. From unique mountain scenery and an 870-square-mile coastline boasting blue flag beaches to hidden coves and an Acropolis in the old fishing village of Lindos, as a Greek Island holiday destination, Rhodes really does have it all.

Of course, on your vacation, you’ll want to stay somewhere special. Whether visiting for a beach break, cultural discovery, or mountain walking, read on to discover some unique stays in Rhodes with a view — ranging from within the walls of the UNESCO Old Town, beachside locations, and mountain lodges.

1. Kokkini Porta Rossa

Rhodes Old Town

This six-suited residence is a piece de residence, perfect for a romantic break as it’s situated behind the ancient castle walls of the Old Town. Meaning “Red Door,” Kokkini Porta Rossa is pretty hard to miss as you enter the Old Town through St. John’s Gate. The first entranceway is a red door set in a magnificent stone archway, leading to a lovingly restored original Knights of St. John’s residence, a place where one of the many Knight’s Hospitalier lived.

The current owners — a husband and wife team with their son, a classically trained pianist who might just play a tune for you on the grand if you’re lucky — bought the residence when it was a complete ruin, and raised this phoenix from its ashes. The result is tremendous.

The Deniz Suite (all suites named after original inhabitants of the house) has a unique roofed wooden balcony, the hayat — meaning “life” in Arabic — overlooking the castle wall, and Kokkini Porta’s own chapel entrance.

If you’re looking for a place to propose, a second honeymoon, or to merely escape with your loved one, Kokkini Porta Rossa is the place to pick.

Top Tip: There’s no elevator here as it’s in a preserved, ancient building, but there are two suites on the ground floor of the building with no stairs necessary.

Favorite Amenities

• Delicious four-course breakfast using local products
• Fragrance bar in all suites and decanters of top-brand Greek alcoholic drinks
• The Michalis Suite has its own 485-square-foot private garden with a small plunge pool.

2. Trinity Boutique Hotel

Rhodes Old Town

This is another gorgeous boutique hotel inside an old knight’s residence within the UNESCO Old Town Walls. Trinity Boutique’s six suites have an open plan, most have free-standing bathtubs, and it has been decorated with empathy to its historic past; stone archways, wooden beams, medieval-style fireplaces, and a real feel as if you’re sleeping among history.

Views across its bougainvillea-clad courtyard are the icing on the cake as you sleep in medieval luxury and imagine pirate horses’ hooves pounding the cobbled streets.

Top Tip: Pay attention to the limestone and granite walls. It’s as if you’re sleeping in a castle.

Favorite Amenities

• Greek-owned company unique Coco-mat mattresses and mattress toppers
• Some suites have a hydro-massage jacuzzi
• Small kitchenette in all suites great for preparing small snacks

3. Hotel Grande Albergo Delle Rose

Next To The Casino Of Rhodes

With a history spanning almost a century, the Hotel Grande Albergo Delle Rose translates from Italian to “The Hotel of the Roses” as the Italian Governor of Rhodes built it between 1925 and 1927. During its time, it hosted dignitaries such as Winston Churchill and Gregory Peck, and, although a stately and grand building — think marble-floored reception with chandeliers — the Grande Albergo Delle Rose exudes discrete luxury with a choice of six rooms and 27 suites with either a balcony or big veranda, most with sea views.

Located right next to the Rhodes Casino, don’t let that put you off. There’s certainly no gaudy Las Vegas Ritz-style here; just a unique, exclusive place to relax by the beach and the unique UNESCO medieval Old Town.

Top Tip: Wander through the well-maintained gardens and you’ll see where the hotel received its name. Allow the concierge to book any manner of trips ranging from a sunset wine tasting to a full day of luxury cruising.

Favorite Amenities

• The Hotel’s close to the beach, yet it also boasts a swimming pool and spa.
• The La Rosa restaurant’s wall feature — The Fresco of the Colours by Italian artist Afro Basaldella, a 20th-century impressionist
• BVLGARI toiletries

4. Hotel Elafos

Mount Profitis Ilias, Salakou, Rhodes

We head into the mountains, inland on the island now, approximately 45 minutes from Rhodes Airport. Hotel Elafos sits at an elevation of nearly 800 meters (about half a mile) on Profitis Ilias (Mount Elijah), nestled amongst a forest of pine and cypress trees teaming with the rare Dama Dama deer. Unique to the island and the opportunity to hear owls at night, come and stay at Hotel Elafos, a unique Italian architectural-style lodge with 22 rooms over two levels.

The building has an eclectic past. Completed in 1929, it was a base for the Italian Army officers who occupied the island at that time period. During WWII, it was used as a lodge for the officers, then a German military hospital.

Its beautiful surroundings mean you have a choice of rooms, with either mountain or sea views, plus it’s the perfect base for walks and hikes. 

Top Tip: If you’re looking for a completely unique, off-the-beaten-track place to stay, away from the usual beach crowds, this is the place to stay on Rhodes.

Favorite Amenities

• Small balconies in each room to sip your morning coffee and enjoy the view
• Take a five-minute walk through the forest to the abandoned Villa de Vecchi — Mussolini’s summer mansion, another piece of the island’s history.
• Huge dining room with floor-to-ceiling windows set in stone arches
• A fireplace to curl up and drink mountain herbal tea

5. Grecotel Lux Me Dama Dama

Faliraki Beach

This four-star, all-inclusive resort hotel is one for those looking to base themselves by the beach and have a completely relaxing break.

With a 100-meter pool, a vast beach, and a choice of rooms in the main building or small private bungalows on the ground, this is affordable luxury at its best.

The Grecotel Lux Me Dama Dama has a choice of five restaurants and a cocktail lounge as well as creperie-gelato on the beach. The sea-view rooms are the best as they also overlook the pool –— lit at night making for a romantic sight. 

This really is one for couples looking for an all-inclusive break on a gorgeous Greek island.

Top Tip: Book one of the bungalows as it affords you more privacy. The Grecotel Lux Me Dama Dama isn’t an adults-only resort, so it does attract younger families.

Favorite Amenities

• Right on the Blue Flag-awarded Falaraki Beach
• Separate children’s pool, keeping the main pool for adults
• Gazebos as well as sunbeds around the pool

As you can see, Rhodes Island in Greece has some unique stays with views to suit every occasion. Don’t miss the opportunity to visit this beautiful island.

Like most major cities in the world, Dublin can be an expensive place to visit. But also like most other cities, it doesn’t have to be this way. Dublin has plenty of things you can see and do for free, or nearly free. One of the reasons I love Dublin is the atmosphere, which is free, and there are lots of ways you can experience the charm of this city without spending much money. 

There’s always a lot going on in Dublin, like street performers and pop-up market stalls, which are free, but you can also visit museums and art galleries without splashing cash. Here’s my pick of the best free, or nearly free, things to do in Dublin, Ireland.

1. National Museum Of Ireland

Just like in Scotland, most museums and art galleries in Ireland are free to enter. Of all of these museums, The National Museum of Ireland is one of the most popular, and because it’s free, it does get quite busy. Don’t miss the mummified remains of human sacrifices, which were preserved in the Irish bogs and are still incredible specimens of mummified bodies. A lot of visitors will be heading for this display, so be patient and be prepared to wait in line to see this. The museum also has some beautiful examples of prehistoric gold and Viking weapons, as well as pottery and other archaeological finds from the area.

2. Dublin Mountains

As you might expect, hiking the Dublin Mountains — which act as a glorious backdrop to the city — is completely free. You will have to pay for travel to the mountains either by bus, taxi, or car, as they aren’t really close enough to walk to. But once you’re there, you’ve got an amazing way to spend half a day for free. If the word “mountains” puts you off, don’t worry, these are more like big hills and you don’t need to be an experienced hiker to walk them. There are plenty of trails, some easier than others, and lots of families take advantage of this natural wonder which gifts you incredible views once you get up there. It’s the perfect place to take a picnic.

3. Dublin’s Doors

If you like architecture, or you just have a passing interest in old buildings, Dublin has some incredible examples of houses the Georgians built. Among the Georgian architecture and intricate fittings are some beautiful front doors, the likes of which you’ll be hard-pressed to find anywhere else. These houses were once the homes of well-to-do politicians and professionals, and it’s the grand colorful doors that still speak of that time in Dublin’s history. Dating back to the 18th century, these doors and brass knockers make fantastic photos to show everyone back home.

4. Live Music In The Pub

In Dublin, you don’t have to pay ticket prices to see some seriously good musicians playing a gig — all you have to do is go down to the pub. Lots of the city center pubs have live bands playing for free, and there’s always an impromptu Irish trad session going on in back rooms and around the fire. All you need to spend is the money for a pint or two. If you want live music for free, without the cost of a beer, you can find plenty of street musicians on Grafton Street who you can stop and watch. They’re so good, though, you’ll be sure to tip them. Dublin is a city of music. Take in the street performers on the way to the pub and you have the best of both worlds. 

5. Irish Museum Of Modern Art

The building that houses the Irish Museum of Modern Art is as much of an attraction as the displays themselves. It’s an incredible 17th-century building, formerly the Hospital of Kilmainham, that sits within 48 acres of land. These grounds are beautifully landscaped and maintained and they are a lovely place for a wander. Entry to the galleries is free, though some exhibitions may have a charge attached. Guided tours are held every day and are free to join, or you can take your own time around the corridors and rooms full of sculptures, artworks, and installations.

6. Dollymount Strand 

Showcasing Dublin’s coastline, Dollymount Strand is a 3-mile stretch of sand and dunes with incredible views out to sea. The beach is part of North Bul Island, a nature reserve that floats just off the coast, where you can spot migratory birds and maybe even a seal or two. What you are likely to see is brave Dubliners going for a swim, no matter what time of year it is. This is a popular spot for sea swimmers and even when the water is very cold, which it often is, bathers will be wading out for a dip. If you’re not tempted to try it yourself, this is a lovely spot for a jog or just a gentle walk by the water.

7. The Dead Zoo

One of Dublin’s more unusual museums, The Dead Zoo houses a collection of taxidermied animals and well-preserved skeletons. This is Dublin’s oldest museum and has over 10,000 species on display, and it’s completely free to enter. It’s not for anyone who’s squeamish about this sort of thing, but if you don’t mind the sight of a few stuffed animals, it’s a fascinating look at natural history and very unusual to see so many taxidermied creatures in one place. The museum also has the flies that Darwin studied on his voyage to the Galapagos Islands in its collection, but these are usually kept in the private collection.

8. The Grounds Of Dublin Castle

You do have to pay a fee to take a tour of the interior of Dublin Castle, but you can explore the grounds for free. The site was settled by Vikings in 841 and the castle was established here sometime in the 13th century, so there’s a lot of history to soak up. Enjoy the exterior of the castle walls and take a moment to reflect on its history when you sit in the peaceful Dubh Lin Garden. The cobbled squares and the atmosphere of the grounds make this a fascinating way to see the castle for free.

9. Dublin’s Waterways

Most visitors to Dublin are familiar with the River Liffey, which flows right through the middle of the city. The Ha’Penny Bridge is a lovely place for a photo as it was built in 1816 with arches over the water in complete majesty. It looks especially beautiful in the evening when it’s lit up. But not so many visitors are familiar with the canals of Dublin. The Royal Canal is in the north of the city and the Grand Canal is in the south. Both are equally worth a visit. The canals were built in the 18th century as trade routes, but are now very quiet compared to their heyday of business, becoming redundant when the railway was built. Both canals are lovely places for a walk or to spend some time on a bench watching the water flow by.

Pro Tip: Dublin On Foot

You can spend time in Dublin without spending anything at all, simply walking around, soaking up the atmosphere, watching street performers, and seeing the architecture, sculptures, and statues of Dublin’s most famous sons and daughters. Look up as you walk around and you’ll see stone and bronze busts of famous figures from history. It’s a culturally rich city, so there’s a lot of character on display as you walk around. For more on how to walk the city, check out 7 Fabulous Things Not To Miss While Exploring Dublin By Foot.

Milan is a city of many faces. Some visitors highlight the gorgeous grand buildings such as the Duomo and the Galleria Vittorio Emmanuele II in the center, while to others, the slightly bland, industrial side along the outskirts stands out. There are streets that resemble Paris and those that brim with southern Italian charm. But one neighborhood everybody agrees on is Navigli.

Navigli, pronounced more like Navili with the G being nearly perfectly silent, lies in the south of the center of Milan. It’s a mere 20-odd-minute walk, or a briefer — although not much briefer — tram ride (tram number 2) from the Duomo. This once somewhat neglected but since rejuvenated working-class, or as they say “gentrified,” neighborhood is more akin to Venice with its canals and colorful houses. 

If you miss the quarters of old Rome, where one restaurant or café stands by the next, or have a longing for a bright, colorful district, Navigli is the place where you can feel right there in Italy, with people eating by the canalside and beautiful buildings hiding even more gorgeous courtyards.

The Canal Setting

Milan does not have one obvious river running through it. Instead, there are a few canals that used to be essential for the transportation of cargo in the olden days. These canals — called navigli from the word for “canal” or “navigation” — formed a network that was partially conceived by Leonardo da Vinci, who spent some years in Milan busy painting The Last Supper, among other activities. 

In the old days, it is said that Milan was very much like a landlocked Venice, riddled with a myriad of tiny interconnecting canals. Today, the majority of the smaller canals have disappeared, with road and rail transportation having taken over, but there are still a few lovely examples in this district. These canals are a draw for locals and tourists alike, allowing you to stroll along the waterside, experience the scenic setting, and enjoy not only a unique neighborhood but also the many smaller attractions hidden alongside the canals.

Pro Tip: Why not start off with a canal boat tour, learning a bit more about their history, and then retracing the tour on foot, sauntering and stopping along the quays?

The Colorful Houses

With many colorful Italian coastal towns and cities such as Rome famous for its burnt orange hues, Milan can look a little bland at first glance. But arrive at Navigli Grande, the most famous canal, and you’ll eat your words. Here, each house is prettier than the next, all reflecting in the calm canal waters in a plethora of pastel colors. Some are overgrown with wisteria or vines, others show off shutters and grand wooden doors, and some have inviting-looking balconies and roof terraces. And each one is a photographer’s dream.

Pro Tip: Are you a photographer? Then join a photographers’ tour through Navigli, not only taking in the colorful houses but many of the more hidden delights of the neighborhood.

The Superb Restaurants

Italian cuisine is undoubtedly the world’s favorite food. From pasta to pizza, aperitivo antipasti to wine, you can eat non-stop in Italy. Well, I can, at least, and frequently do just that. And when in Milan, this is the neighborhood to come and eat in. Countless restaurants, cafés, and bars line the sides of the canals and the Darsena Basin. You will be spoilt for choice. And despite being popular with tourists, there are also plenty of locals taking advantage of the various eateries, and the food is good. The terraces are tempting for views of the surroundings and the people meandering past, but also look inside the small restaurants as the buildings tend to be historical and achingly charming inside.

Look out for the famous risotto alla Milanese, a very simple rice dish flavored with saffron, which, despite looking maybe a little bland, is surprisingly tasty. Or, if you need a bit of protein with your dish, choose the ossobuco, which is a piece of veal on the bone served with the risotto alla Milanese. And then there are, of course, the various pasta dishes. When in Italy, north or south, you really cannot go wrong with any pasta dish. Try and find some pasta served with ragu, the northern Italian version of bolognese (originating in Bologna), which has since spread across the world.

Pro Tip: My firm favorite place to eat is the restaurant Bugande located within the beautiful boutique hotel Maison Borella, where the interior is even prettier than the garden and terrace setting.

The Hidden Courtyards

I have to admit that one of my favorite things to do when exploring a new-to-me city or neighborhood is to peek into doorways, sneak into small alleys, and explore courtyards. I have even been known to follow locals into a place when they opened what looked like a promising door. If you are also so inclined, here you will hit the jackpot. I swear that behind each large wooden door in Navigli is a treasure hidden from sight. Luckily, if you want to stay on the right side of the law, or at least be polite, there are also plenty of courtyards open to the public. From simply gorgeous but secret gardens, there are also yards filled with small antique shops or art galleries. My favorite courtyard must be the one you’ll enter underneath the painting of Mary, next to the Atelier Lagana, a gallery at the top of Navigli Grande. All burnt orange-hued buildings overgrown with greenery, inside, there are antique shops, little galleries, artisan stores, and cobbled grounds — a setting that has not changed in centuries.   

Pro Tip: Luckily, Milan is well aware of these attractive secret places. If you’d like to explore further and hear some of the history from a local as you go, you can join a walking tour where you’ll be shown some of the courtyards and terraces you might not be able to find — or have access to — on your own.

The Markets

I love markets, and wherever I travel, I search them out. Be they fresh produce markets, flea markets, or antique markets, I sometimes — if I can — time my visit to coincide with some of the more important ones. Markets are somewhere where the locals, as well as tourists, come together in their search for either fresh produce, good food ingredients, or other treasures — be they art and décor, or vintage clothing and knickknacks. 

In Navigli, you get it all. Every Saturday, there is a flea market along the canals offering a huge variety of vintage clothing (including some seriously beautiful jackets and coats from a few decades ago). On every last Sunday of the month, the same route is taken over by high-quality antique dealers, tempting you with Italian home décor from eras long gone. You’ll also find art and furniture, which will have you finding out about shipping costs for things too large to take home on the plane.

On the opposite side of the Darsena Basin, you’ll find a selection of food market stalls to tempt you. From fruit to cheese and baked goods, there are also plenty of little cafés perfect for a lighter meal.

Pro Tip: The large square by the arch is a popular spot to spend a long, lazy evening. Head to the terrace of the Le Trottoir alla darsena. On the terrace, you can watch the world go by and listen to the street musicians.

The UK might not be the first destination you think of when you imagine beautiful waterfalls, but when you consider our climate — wet and rainy a lot of the time — it’s obvious that we would have our fair share of beautiful waterfalls. After all, all that water has to go somewhere. We might not have exotic locations for our falls or guaranteed sunshine, but we do have dramatic landscapes and interesting terrains. 

Some of these waterfalls are very easy to reach, while others require a bit of an expedition to get to them, but that’s all part of the fun. Here’s my pick of the most beautiful waterfalls to visit in the UK.

1. Mallyan Spout

North Yorkshire

The North Yorkshire Moors has a few stunning waterfalls, but at 70 feet high, Mallyan Spout is the tallest. It is dramatic and incredible once you reach this waterfall, but it’s not all that easy to get to. If you have any mobility issues or you’re at all unsteady on your feet, this one might not be for you. But if you like an adventurous walk, getting to Mallyan Spout is part of the experience of this waterfall. The easiest way to get to the waterfall is to follow the path from The Mallyan Spout Hotel, but whichever way you go, you have to walk over some slippery rocks when you get closer to the waterfall. You can’t see the waterfall without hiking down to it, but once you get down there, it is an incredible sight. On a warm sunny day, you can stand right under it. I took a picnic when I visited and sat on the rocks with the river in front of me, and it was idyllic.

2. Falls Of Glomach

Rosshire, Scotland

While Mallyan Spout is the tallest waterfall in Yorkshire at 70 feet, The Falls of Glomach are some of the tallest in the entire UK at 113 feet. The falls are even tougher to get to than Mallyan Spout, but it is a very remote location and you stand a good chance of having the waterfall all to yourself when you get there. This area can’t be reached by car and it’s a 6-hour round hike with no cell phone reception on the moor, so be prepared and make sure you’ve told someone where you are going. It’s definitely not for anyone with any mobility issues, but if you like a good hike, you are rewarded with some spectacular scenery when you reach the falls. You can also look out for wildlife along the way, as this area has herds of red deer and golden eagles.

3. Aira Force

Lake District

For a waterfall that’s much easier to get to, with a gentler walk, there’s Aira Force in the Lake District, which is a very popular waterfall with visitors to this area — probably because it is so easy to get to. There’s a car park nearby and you can easily walk the rest of the way from there, so it’s completely doable for anyone to walk and you don’t need to be an experienced hiker. The falls are 72 feet tall and you can view them from the bottom where you can see the water gushing through crags in the rocks, or there’s a lovely old bridge over the falls at the top that you can stand on. The view down below is incredible and it makes a great stop for a photo. This is a lovely place to take a picnic, but it is very popular and there’s likely to be a lot of people visiting no matter when you go.

4. Waterfall Country

Powys, Wales

Waterfall Country covers an area of the Brecon Beacons in Wales with a number of waterfalls in close proximity to one another. The most popular way to see some of these falls is by taking the four falls walk. The four falls walk takes about 3 hours to complete and features some really spectacular waterfalls, not to mention the scenery in between them. It’s considered an easy hike and anyone with any walking experience will find it comfortable, but it’s not accessible to wheelchairs and anyone with any mobility issues might find it difficult. Most people who do this walk are heading for Sgwd Yr Eira, a waterfall you can stand behind. It’s a memorable experience and a great photo opportunity.

5. Gaping Gill

North Yorkshire

Gaping Gill is one of the tallest waterfalls in the UK, but that’s not what makes it so special or unusual. This is a very tall waterfall that falls underground into a cave. The cave itself is used by potholers and is very popular with cavers, but members of the public can only descend into this cave twice a year when the weather is right and the Bradford and Craven Pothole Club sets up a winch over the edge. Yes, that’s right: There is only one way to get down there and it’s not for the faint-hearted. Personally, as someone with a fear of heights, I can’t think of anything worse and I’ve never been down, but if you like the idea and can time it right, it’s a once-in-a-lifetime experience. It actually might not be as scary as it sounds. You sit in what looks like a ski chair and you’re lowered down into the cave. Who knows, maybe one day I’ll give it a try!

6. High Force

County Durham

There’s a clue in the name of this waterfall that tells you what you’re going to find when you visit High Force. This isn’t the tallest waterfall in the UK, but it does have the largest volume of water that falls over an unbroken drop. It’s a force of nature, for sure, and it looks spectacular. This is an extremely popular waterfall with visitors; so popular that it has its own visitor center and gift shop, and it’s the only waterfall on my list that has an admission charge. At around $2.75 for adults, it’s not much of a charge, but it’s still unusual. This charge goes towards maintaining the paths that lead to the waterfall, making it a very well-kept route that’s easy for everyone to use. Part of the route does have some uneven ground underfoot and there’s a big flight of stairs, but it is still one of the most accessible waterfalls in the UK.

7. Steal Falls

Highlands, Scotland

The area this waterfall is located in is more famous for Britain’s highest mountain, Ben Nevis, but this mountainous landscape is also the perfect terrain for a beautiful waterfall or two. Steal Falls is also known locally as the White Spout; once you’ve seen it, it’s easy to understand why. The water tumbles down the hillside almost delicately, as opposed to a gush of water, and it’s quite mesmerizing to watch. It’s a gentle walk to the falls that takes about an hour and although good footwear is recommended, the terrain is suitable for all levels of fitness and hiking experience. This is one of the most beautiful waterfalls you’ll see in the UK. The combination of the awe-inspiring mountains and the water tumbling down its side is quite humbling.

Pro Tip

Most of these waterfalls, with a couple of exceptions, don’t have any facilities nearby and are pretty remote, so taking a picnic is a good idea. Always wear good walking shoes and be prepared for any kind of weather. And if the waterfall is very remote, make sure someone knows where you have gone — cell phone reception can be patchy in remote areas. Stick to the footpaths and trails. Sometimes, all that guides you in the UK is a yellow arrow on a post, but make sure you follow this as surrounding areas may be private land.

To learn more about Samantha’s UK adventures, check out these articles:

• 5 Fabulous Things To Do In England’s Second City
• 6 Gorgeous Scenic Drives To Experience In Scotland
• These 8 Scenic Train Rides Have The Most Stunning Views In Scotland

Milan is second only to Paris when it comes to being a superbly fashionable city, with annual fashion weeks and some seriously great shopping. And, even better, there are all the luxury labels present and they are generally much cheaper than back home, especially with tax rebates at the airport. In addition, there is also fabulous window shopping and plenty of affordable yet unique ways of snagging something a little special.

I have to admit to being a sucker for buying at least one piece of day-to-day wear when traveling to a foreign city — something that stands out a bit and that people might ask me about. Then, I go straight back in my head to where I bought it and the memories come flooding back, as well as being able to drop the name “Milan, Italy,” into the conversation. On my most recent trip to Milan, I bought a gorgeous scarf, nothing high-end-designer, but an Italian brand. As such, it is probably unlikely that someone else has the same one in my hometown.

Here are some great places in Milan where you can hopefully find your special souvenir, or at least have a wonderful time sauntering along and enjoying what’s on display.

1. Galleria Vittorio Emanuele II

Whether you are after some luxury shopping or not, you will certainly find yourself in this absolutely stunning covered arcade at some stage. This is Italy’s oldest shopping arcade, designed in 1861 and opened in 1877. The four-story galleria with a domed-glass roof and tiled floors has the most-coveted fashion labels in the world housed within its hallowed halls. It is a sight to behold and a must-see on everybody’s Milan itinerary. Shop at Gucci, Prada, Louis Vuitton, Dior, and more, or simply head to the lovely historic Bocca bookstore.

Don’t Miss: For a bit of luck during your visit to Milan, try to spot the bull motif on the ground near the center of the galleria — a symbol representing the city of Turin. Put your heel on the bull’s private parts and spin around three times for good luck. It was once thought to bring fertility, but at our age, we should be safe enough.

Pro Tip: Next door to the galleria, you’ll find the Terrazza Aperol. It is the place for an aperitivo with the best views.

2. Corso Vittorio Emanuele II

For labels that are more high-street than haute-couture, head to Corso Vittorio Emmanuele II, just past the Duomo. The pedestrianized street is wide and glamorous, housing Italian labels as well as international stores. There are cafés with terraces from where you can watch the stylish shoppers and plenty of small boutiques as well as global names. Even if you are not keen on shopping, the location, with the Duomo peeking out behind you, and the grand buildings make this a great street to explore.

For a perfectly rounded trip, head to Piazza San Babila at the end of Corso Vittorio Emmanuele II and turn into Corso Giacomo Matteotti, which runs back into the center. Here, under beautiful colonnades, high-end Italian brands lie hidden. It is a shaded walk, perfect for window shopping. You’ll end up walking past La Scala Opera House and will find yourself back in the center.

Don’t Miss: You might have a Spanish store, Zara, in your hometown, but I bet you the store doesn’t look anything like this one. The interior of the Zara in Milan is more akin to a luxury hotel.

Pro Tip: The Basilica San Carlo al Corso, toward the piazza, has a beautiful dome worth seeing.

3. CityLife

Piazza Tre Torri

As those who read my stories regularly will know, wherever I travel, I am always on the hunt for architecture from the late Dame Zaha Hadid, or Zaha Hadid Architects. 

In Milan, there is a stunning example, or even three. One is the tall, slightly twisting Generali Tower, which you can see from nearly everywhere in Milan. Next to it are some chic apartment blocks designed by the architects. But between the two, and this is why this fits here, is a shopping mall. 

CityLife is a nice shopping mall with plenty of cafés, lunchtime options, and a variety of Italian stores selling fashion, accessories, and pretty much everything else. And the ceiling, columns, and escalators are held in Hadid-typical wavey-wood paneling, making for a great architectural — as well as shopping — location. It’s also an option for a rainy day or a day with too much sun.

Don’t Miss: Have lunch at the Piadineria, where not only the coffee is good, but the typical flatbread sandwiches come with various fillings and are light as well as satisfactory.

Pro Tip: To get to the Tre Torri, or the “Three Towers,” hop on the purple metro line 5 or the red M1 to Amendola from the center.

4. Navigli Markets

The neighborhood of Navigli is a gorgeous, must-see quarter with restaurant-lined canals, colorful old houses, plenty of artsy spaces, and individual boutiques. But, more importantly, every Saturday, a flea market takes place alongside the canals, spilling over into neighboring alleys. It is great fun to walk along the canal with the beautiful reflections of the surrounding buildings while browsing the countless stalls. I love the flea market because this is where you can spot all sorts of treasures, from old toys to homewares. But you can also find a lot of vintage clothing, from stalls selling leather biker jackets and vintage Tweed coats to countless stalls with costume jewelry, handbags, and other unique goodies. While there are plenty of tourists, the main crowds are hip locals searching for vintage clothing.

Then, if you find yourself in Milan at the end of a month, every last Sunday of each month, an antiques market takes over the same area for more up-market finds.

Don’t Miss: Get there early, especially for the antiques market. It starts at 9 a.m., but it pays to get there even before then — if you are serious about finding treasure.

Pro Tip: Even though easily walkable from the center, hop on the green metro line 2 to Porta Genova FS to beat the crowds.

5. The Italian Department Stores

I don’t know about you, but sometimes, I simply cannot be bothered to enter small boutiques with a shop assistant waiting to jump up to ask me questions; only for me to leave again a couple of minutes later because there was not much to see. On the other hand, I love meandering through department stores, especially those that offer local brands and a choice of clothing, accessories, and even home décor to browse through. And, I can do so without being bothered and be able to stop and start as I prefer. 

In Milan, you will notice the rather swanky Rinacente Milano next to the Duomo. It is a beautiful building and a delight to explore the numerous departments ranging from Italian brands to international names, beauty to fashion, and décor to furniture. The façade even lights up at night and according to specific events.

For a more day-to-day store, head to Coin, a department store whose branches you will find dotted across the city. I like the one in the Navigli neighborhood; it has the perfect size to browse but not get overwhelmed.

Don’t Miss: I love the accessories downstairs. From scarves that double as sarongs to travel-friendly bags, it offers designs you will not find at home; mostly Italian quality but not overpriced. And, if you are staying in Italy a little longer, there is a sales page on their website and they deliver to your hotel.

Pro Tip: I don’t know about you, but I enjoy foreign beauty stores, such as Parisian pharmacies, Boots in the UK, and a German Drogerienmarkt — where beauty and health products are different from home. Next door to Coin on Viale Coni Zugna, you’ll find dm Italia, selling a variety of German brands, health products, healthy snacks, and various Italian goods. It’s the perfect place if you’ve run out of toothpaste or just want to browse for that perfect facial cream.

Most people outside of the UK know Manchester for its world-famous football (soccer) team — Manchester United — but Manchester, arguably England’s second city, has a lot to offer visitors besides a historic football stadium. For many years, I only visited Manchester for its airport, but in more recent years, I’ve been to the city purely to enjoy it. And it has a lot going on. 

Manchester is a culturally busy place with great transport links and unusual and quirky offerings. Here are seven fabulous things to do in Manchester, England.

1. Chinatown

Shop The Asian Supermarkets

Manchester’s Chinatown is one of the main reasons it deserves to be England’s second city. It’s second only to London’s Chinatown in size, but while London’s is visually stunning and a great place to have a wander, I feel Manchester’s is more authentic. The main reason for this is the supermarkets. There are more of them than in London, which is now mostly just restaurants, and they stock items you just can’t find anywhere else. The restaurants are great here, too, and they feel less touristy than in London.

2. Float Level

New Islington

As I mentioned, you can find some unusual and quirky things to do in Manchester, and at Float Level, you can have a go at spending some time in a floatation tank. You have to book ahead for this, and be careful when you enter because you need to be quiet to not disturb other guests already in their tanks. If you’ve never tried this, now is the time while you’re in Manchester. Floatation tanks help to reduce stress and anxiety, and when used regularly, can improve sleep and bring a more optimistic outlook. If nothing else, it’s something different to experience while you’re in the city. Float is a 20-minute walk from Piccadilly Station in the New Islington area of Manchester.

3. Manchester Art Gallery

See The Pre-Raphaelites 

The building that houses The Manchester Art Gallery has been there since 1835 and has always been used for art; though originally, it was used for concerts and lectures as well as art exhibitions. It’s a beautiful building and worth the visit alone. Once inside, the gallery has a range of permanent and temporary exhibitions. My favorite paintings in this gallery are the Pre-Raphaelites. It’s so good to have a few famous ones together in one place and you can really get a feeling for the Pre-Raphaelite movement by spending some time with these incredible paintings. Entry is free and most of the exhibitions are free; though occasionally, there are some ticketed exhibitions and events with a fee attached. As well as art, you can find pottery and costumes from history, making this a gallery and museum in one. There’s a café and shop on site too. 

4. The Gay Village

Sit With Alan Turing

If you’re traveling by train to Manchester, it’s just a few steps from Manchester Piccadilly Station to the Gay Village. Situated on Canal Street, this small area of the city gets busy at night, but in the daytime, it’s a quiet place to wander around. Apart from the many bars and cafés, there’s also Sackville Gardens, where you can find a sculpture of WWII code breaker Alan Turing. This is a memorial to the great man who was sadly arrested for homosexuality — which was illegal in Britain at the time — and later took his own life. The sculpture is a life-sized statue of Turing, sitting on the middle seat of a bench in the gardens. Take a moment and sit with him. The Gay Village has been here since the 1940s, though it wasn’t named as such back then and everything was much more hush-hush. Today, it’s where Pride is held and if you do stay up into the small hours, everyone is welcome in the bars here.

5. The Trafford Centre 

For shopping, you can browse the stores in the city center, and there are some great independent and vintage stores in the city, but for a shopping day out, head to The Trafford Centre. It’s easy to get to from Manchester center. You can get a taxi or drive for about 20 minutes, or you can hop on the Manchester tram system and be there in around 40 minutes. There’s a world of shopping inside this big mall, and also restaurants, cafés, and a cinema complex. In addition to the mall shops, there’s also a Sealife Centre and a Legoland Discovery Centre. There’s enough to do here for an entire day out, or maybe two.

Where To Eat In Manchester

Cottonopolis

Located in the Northern Quarter, Cottonopolis is an Asian-inspired restaurant and bar. The exterior is very much “old Manchester” and the name of this restaurant holds onto that. Cottonopolis was the name used locally for the city in its industrial heyday, due to its cotton production. The interior has a very industrial feeling. It’s a large space with an open plan, high ceilings, and a lot of its original character remaining. But it’s the food visitors are really coming here for. It is Japanese/Asian cuisine, something that’s often a little tricky for vegans and vegetarians, but here, the plant-based menu is really impressive. The vegetable tempura is amazing, and the plant-based sushi is great for any vegans who once loved sushi. I recommend the shitake and king oyster mushrooms for your main and the toffee pudding for dessert.

The Laureate Restaurant

Located inside the Hyatt Regency Hotel on Oxford Road, a 15-minute walk from the city center, The Laureate Restaurant is a multi-cuisine restaurant that really does have something for everyone. From burgers to North African spiced koftas and a vegan platter to start, the menu is very varied. There’s even a Lancashire hot pot, the local dish of the area. For dessert, I recommend the Manchester tart. If there’s a local dish on the menu, I’m likely to choose it, just because you might not find it anywhere else. The Laureate Restaurant has a few local dishes, but I especially love a local dish for dessert. It’s a bright, airy restaurant with an open-plan design that still manages to include cozy corners and intimate booth seating.

Where To Stay In Manchester

Native

Somewhere between a hotel and apartments, Native is located in an old industrial warehouse within easy walking distance of Piccadilly Station. These are apartments with everything you need to self-cater, but with a hotel-style reception, a café, and a restaurant — the best of both worlds. The apartments have a lot of character and retain the old-mill brick walls and high ceilings, keeping the personality of the building from its former life. I love how unusual Native is and I love that this old building is now being repurposed and used in this way. But it’s more than just a hotel/apartment. Native also has an all-day deli counter, a sun terrace, and a cinema. It’s hard to pin down exactly what this is, and I really like that. It’s a place to stay that has so much more than just a simple hotel. It’s like a mini-resort.

Hilton Deansgate

A world away from Native, the Hilton at Deansgate in Manchester is a 23-story hotel. It’s a mile away from Piccadilly Station, in a different part of Manchester, but still a busy area with a lot going on and within easy reach of the city center. There’s a restaurant, bar, and indoor heated swimming pool. Perhaps the best thing about this hotel is the views. Wherever your room is amongst the 23 floors, the views over the city are spectacular. I loved afternoon tea overlooking the metropolis of Manchester.

Retiro Park is a hotspot for locals and tourists in the heart of Madrid. This beautiful public park offers a place to escape the hustle and bustle of the city to enjoy a few moments of peace and relaxation. Retiro Park, initially designed as a private retreat space for the Spanish Royal Family, is now one of the biggest parks in Madrid. A visit to Parque del Buen Retiro offers visitors the opportunity to enjoy gorgeous greenspaces, beautiful monuments, galleries, and many picturesque buildings.

During my recent visit to Madrid, I thought I would run into the park, see the lake and Crystal Palace, and leave. Instead, I found myself exploring Retiro Park for hours! I found it peaceful and serene while having a lively, fun atmosphere making me want to linger just a bit longer. 

Let’s dive into all the fantastic things to see in Madrid’s Retiro Park.

1. Lago Del Retiro (Retiro Lake)

Retiro Lake is one of the highlights of Madrid’s Retiro Park. The man-made lake was completed in the early 1600s and is located in the middle of the expansive park. This beautiful lake is the perfect little oasis within the park. A popular activity on Retiro Lake is to rent one of the small boats and enjoy some time out on the water.

While boating, visitors enjoy rowing around the peaceful lake while feeding the large grouper fish that call it home. In addition to paddling on Retiro Lake, people often walk the lake’s perimeter or sunbathe on the lake’s edge. During my time at the lake, I loved seeing all of the families around enjoying a perfectly sunny day in Madrid.

The water’s edge is also home to the massive columns and statues that make up the monument to Alfonso XII. Take time to explore the monument up close to understand the size of this massive structure.

Pro Tip: If you visit the park on a Sunday, be on the lookout for the musicians that gather near the Alfonso XII Monument. This is an extra special treat!

2. Palacio De Cristal (The Crystal Palace)

One of the most popular attractions in Retiro Park is the Palacio de Cristal, or Crystal Palace. Originally built to house exotic plants, the Crystal Palace is now home to fabulous art exhibits and is a tourist hotspot. The Palacio de Cristal is free to enter, making it one of the fabulous free things to do in Madrid.

The Crystal Palace really cannot be missed. Just look for the large structure made of glass. The glass windows surrounding the structure provide incredible views of the small pond and green area surrounding the Palacio de Cristal. The side of the palace closest to the pond also provides numerous terraced areas perfect for a beautiful photo. For an incredible photo of the Crystal Palace, head to the opposite side of the little pond. This vantage point will allow you to capture the gorgeous vegetation and water with the palace in the background. 

Pro Tip: The line to enter the Crystal Palace can sometimes be long as they limit the number of guests inside. Try to visit on a weekday to avoid waiting in such a long line. 

3. Casita Del Pescador (Fisherman’s House)

While touring Retiro Park, you will probably stumble upon a small picturesque cottage located on a man-made island in the middle of a pond. This is Casita del Pescador. Thanks to the beautiful pink color adorning the structure, you can’t miss it.

According to the informational signs in the park, the Casita del Pescador was built by Ferdinand VII following the War of Independence. The Casita del Pescador served as the Fisherman’s House, where the king and some of his court would go fishing. Today, this park area is a tranquil green space that is the perfect place to relax and enjoy a picnic under the trees. Located next to the park is a small hill with a waterfall.

4. Ruinas De San Isidoro De Avila (Ruins Of The Church Of Saint Isidore Of Ávila)

Believe it or not, Retiro Park is also home to a set of ruins! The Ruinas de San Isidoro de Avila are located directly behind the Casita del Pescador and are easy to spot. There is no entry fee to see the ruins and they are an interesting addition to the city’s park.

Note that the ruins are relatively small in scale, so if you run low on time, you might skip seeing this. However, if you are a history lover, you will probably want to be sure and include the ruins on your Retiro Park itinerary.

5. Palacio Del Velazquez (Velazquez Palace)

Visitors will find the Palacio del Velazquez between Retiro Lake and the Crystal Palace. The Velazquez Palace is part of the Reina Sofia Museum and is worth some of your time while visiting Retiro Park. 

The Palacio del Velazquez is home to contemporary exhibitions and special events. In addition to the exhibits and events, the area around Velazquez Palace offers a serene environment, making it a great place to have a picnic or enjoy reading a book underneath a shaded tree. During our visit to Retiro Park, this area seemed less crowded than other areas. Adding Velazquez Palace to your list of things to see in Retiro Park is a definite win.

6. Jardines De Cecilio Rodriguez (Cecilio Rodriguez Gardens)

Jardines de Cecilio Rodriguez is a gorgeous area of Retiro Park that shouldn’t be missed. The area comprises beautiful concrete pavers and perfectly-manicured shrubbery, making you feel like you have been transported to a perfect English garden. The Jardines de Cecilio Rodriguez can be difficult to find, so check a park map. It is an enclosed garden located on one side of the park.

The tranquil maze-like bushes combined with the trees and small ponds make you feel like you have been transported to another land. The gardens’ natural elements are accentuated with beautiful statues and sculptures, adding to the appeal. During your time in the Jardines de Cecilio Rodriguez, be on the lookout for the resident peacocks that call this garden home. We had a great time taking photos of the peacocks while following them around the tranquil gardens. 

7. La Rosaleda (Rose Garden)

Retiro Park’s Rose Garden is delightful to visit any time of year, but especially in springtime. The circular rose gardens are home to over 4,000 species of roses, making the garden a delight to visit in the late spring and summer months. 

While the garden is great to visit during any season, the Rose Garden comes alive from May through June with fragrant blossoms boasting beautiful colors like yellow, red, pink, and white. The beautiful trellises throughout the garden are covered in ivy and roses, only adding to the beauty of this glorious garden. Spread throughout the garden, you will also enjoy numerous benches and fountains. This was one of my favorite gardens in Retiro Park. In addition to the great smell, I found the Rose Garden to be the perfect atmosphere to sit in and take a moment to enjoy the fact that I was in Madrid, Spain!

8. Museo Nacional Del Prado (Prado Museum)

Just outside of Retiro Park is one of Spain’s premier museums, the Museo Nacional del Prado. The Prado Museum is a world-class museum home to an awe-inspiring collection of European art. The museum has an impressive permanent collection that draws in visitors from all over the world. In addition to the Prado Museum’s permanent collection, it also hosts rotating exhibits and special events throughout the year.

It is important to note that the Prado has a vast collection and you could easily spend all day exploring the museum. If you want to see the main art pieces, allow for about 3 hours of your time. 

For complete information, please visit the Prado Museum website.

9. Paseo De Las Estatuas (Walkway Of The Statues)

Paseo de las Estatuas, also known as the Paseo de la Argentina, is a broad promenade in Retiro Park lined with statues dedicated to Spanish monarchs. As you walk along the paseo, which leads you to Retiro Lake, you get a glimpse into the vast history of the Spanish monarchy.

10. The Fallen Angel Statue

The Fallen Angel statue in Retiro Park is a unique and interesting addition that shouldn’t be missed. The Fallen Angel statue is located atop a large fountain within Retiro Park. The fountain is located at the Paseo de Cuba, Paseo Uruguay, and Paseo Fernan Nunez intersection. Atop the fountain is a beautifully-carved statue depicting the devil being cast out of heaven. I found the details in the statue’s facial expression mesmerizing and found myself analyzing it from every angle. The Fallen Angel statue was a popular attraction during our visit to Retiro Park and had a decent-sized crowd gathered around it, making it hard to get a good picture of the statue. Nonetheless, I highly recommend adding it to your Retiro Park itinerary, especially if you are an art lover.

There are all sorts of reasons to travel to Greece. There’s a rich history with loads of museums to visit and ruins to stumble upon. There are gorgeous beaches with see-through water and pink sands. There are hundreds of inhabited islands to easily hop to. But one of my main reasons for visiting Greece is the amazing food.

Before leaving for Greece, I dreamed about grilled octopus and hunks of feta cheese. I made lists in my head of everything I wanted to try. I made friends jealous just talking about all the food I would soon be devouring. Here are just five of the delicious must-try foods to savor while traveling throughout Greece.

1. Greek Salad

Or, do they just call it “salad” in Greece, like “bacon” in Canada? I don’t know because I only learned about 10 Greek words while there and salad wasn’t one of them. What I do know is that these salads are staples to nearly any Greek meal and I was happy to eat like a local.

Unlike most Greek salads you find in the States, a proper Greek salad does not have lettuce. Nope. Instead, it just has oodles and oodles of everything else yummy. Most of the Greek salads I tried had big chunks of tomatoes, green peppers, cucumbers, red onions, whole kalamata olives, and a huge chunk of feta cheese to top it off. Drizzle it all with some of the best extra virgin olive oil in the world and sprinkle it with fresh oregano, and you’ve got an amazing Greek salad. I literally ate one of these at least once a day.

A spin on this salad is the dakos salad, famous on the island of Crete. This has many of the same ingredients as a traditional Greek salad with two exceptions. Instead of feta cheese, the cheese used in a dakos salad is called mizithra. This is a soft, creamy cheese made from either goat or sheep milk. The addition of barley rusks — a dry, hard biscuit-type bread — makes this salad more of a meal than a starter.

2. Gyro 

This easy handheld sandwich is familiar in the United States due to its popularity and convenience. However, gyros in Greece usually have either beef, pork, chicken, or a combo of any of these for their meat. This is different from the States where the meat is often lamb. 

Along with the shaved, paper-thin slices of roasted meat off a glistening spit, the pita is packed with tomatoes, onions, tzatziki, and fried potatoes. That last ingredient may well be a surprise to you. It was to me, but a welcome one.

Gyros can be found on nearly every street corner and cost about 2–3 euros, making them an easy, quick, and cheap meal. They are wrapped in foil and meant to be taken with you on the go as the corner vendors rarely have seats to sit and enjoy them.

Gyro Sides

The fries I mentioned inside the gyro are probably the best fries I’ve ever had. All over Greece, I was surprised by the number of restaurants that offered French fries as a side, though not upset. Why are they the best? Because instead of being fried in peanut oil like in the United States, these fries are fried in the aforementioned best extra virgin olive oil in the world. 

That extra virgin olive oil (EVOO) can be purchased and shipped (because you can’t take liquid in your carry-on) from nearly any tourist shop you enter. I highly recommend bringing some home with you.

3. Tzatziki 

This might be one of my favorite Greek foods I’ve tried. Again, you’ve probably heard about tzatziki, but I guarantee you, similar to that out-of-this-world EVOO, this tzatziki is made from real Greek yogurt, the likes of which I’ve not found in the States.

With a base of creamy, savory Greek yogurt, tzatziki is a dip or sauce used on nearly everything. With loads of shredded cucumbers, lemon juice, garlic, and, you guessed it, EVOO, this dip adds flavor to anything. It is often served as a starter with chunks of pita bread.

4. Octopus

I’ve searched and searched for octopus where I live. All I’ve ever found is fried calamari rings, where all you really taste is the fried breading and whatever dip the restaurant decides to serve with it. I scoured food pictures before I left for Greece, drooling over plates of full arms of broiled, poached, or boiled in red wine vinegar octopus. It was never fried.

I had octopus all those ways during my time in Greece. I enjoyed the octopus in red wine vinegar the most. A bit more on the expensive side, as is most seafood in Greece, octopus will run you anywhere from 13–20 euros. Octopus was a treat I enjoyed a handful of times. 

I was surprised by the fact that most octopus, along with most seafood, is actually frozen. After asking about this in a few different restaurants, I learned that this is quite common with seafood around the world. I never found that it took away from the quality. If you want fresh seafood, it’s best to visit local markets and prepare it yourself.

5. Dolmades

One of the best meals I had in Greece consisted of a simple plate of tzatziki with tomato, cucumber slices, and dolmades at a tiny four-table restaurant in the Plaka neighborhood of Athens. Aspro Alogo is not easy to find on a narrow one-way street. I must have walked by it four times before I found it.

I ordered the classic dolmades made of meat, rice, dill, and mint stuffed into a vine leaf. I’ve always enjoyed these at home, but these were on a whole other level. Dolmades can be all sorts of stuffed vegetables as I learned along my journey.

Also called gemista or yemista, tomatoes, peppers, and zucchini are all stuffed with similar ingredients as the vine leaves. These are often an entrée-sized portion with two–three stuffed vegetables to enjoy. These can also be found with a vegetarian stuffing.

Pro Tip: Aspro Alogo is located at Apollonos, Athina 105 57, Greece. It is quite close to the Syntagma Square metro station. If you are having difficulty finding it (even my GPS wasn’t all that helpful), don’t hesitate to ask a friendly local for directions. The journey will be worth it.

These are just a handful of the delicious and healthy foods I tried while traveling in Greece. Many of these I’ve attempted to make at home to varying degrees of success. The tzatziki, for one, is now a staple in my home. I hope you get a chance to try all of these incredible dishes from Greece.

The seafood hawker’s melodic horn sounds as he parks his small lorry in the village square. I join others in selecting fish from his bounty cradled in ice. A few hours earlier, fishermen were hauling seafood from the Mediterranean surrounding the archipelago of Malta. Their colorful luzzus leave the small fishing villages each morning and return with the season’s treasures. I chose octopus and a few king prawns for our evening’s dinner.

Shopping daily for food is one of the delightful things I have learned about life in Gozo, Malta. So when Kevin and I decided to give retirement in Malta a one-year trial, living like Gozitan locals was at the top of our list. Here are some other things we have learned in the first 90 days of living in Nadur, Gozo, Malta.

1. Finding A Home

We decided Malta’s small sister island, Gozo, was the place for us instead of the more developed main island, Malta. Gozo is tiny, 9 by 4.5 miles, and is primarily agricultural. Small farms fill valleys with terraced hillsides. Time has lagged on Gozo. The slower pace of life seems like at least 20 years in the past.

After visiting all 18 villages, we decided on three potentials — Ghajnsielem, Qala, and Nadur. They are on major bus lines and situated on the island’s east side, close to the ferry terminal for trips to Malta, the main island.

Looking For A Flat

We listed the “must have” and “must not have” features we fancied. Then we spent hours researching online. Finally, we got an idea of what our “must have” flat would cost and the inventory available in each of the three villages.

We returned to Gozo, allowing a month to find our new home, sign a lease, get utilities and phones, and explore our new village.

Signing The Lease

Much to our surprise, we found our apartment within a week. Our research paid off with the help of a real estate agent that listened to our needs and worked diligently to fulfill them.

2. What We Needed

Deciding what to bring with us took lots of thought and conversation. Our Nadur flat is wholly furnished with beautiful furniture, linen, dishes, cookware, and small appliances. So we eliminated any household or kitchen goods. The only exception was my set of chef’s knives. I’ve used them for 30 years; I knew I couldn’t cook without them.

We brought our laptops, cameras, and a small amount of clothing. Important documents made the trip but were scanned first in case of loss or theft. Everything we brought came on the plane in four checked bags, two carry-ons, and two daypacks.

3. Getting Around

A car and driving were out of the question. Neither of us wanted the challenge of a right-hand drive car on the left side of narrow streets, meandering through villages designed when donkeys and carts were the primary modes of travel.

We opted for our feet and public transit. Bus service is plentiful, efficient, clean, and safe. Best of all, it’s free to residents. Occasionally we use BOLT, an inexpensive taxi service called via a smartphone.

We take one of the two ferry services when we go to the main island, Malta. At the time of writing this article, roundtrip senior foot passenger tickets are €4.56 for the Gozo Channel Ferry and €6 for the Gozo Fast Ferry.

4. Differences In Banking

Banking in Gozo is slightly different than expected but not that dissimilar from California. Opening an account required proving that we have a residence here; our registered lease worked for that. Then, we needed a Tax ID number (like a Social Security number). That was easy and free at the tax office. Next, we had to prove our Social Security income (called pension here). Again, no problem; Social Security gave us an official letter. Finally, our passports and euros were required to open the account.

No checks were issued; technically, it is a savings account. However, we have a debit card for purchases, bill payments, and cash withdrawals. We’ve noticed Gozo works on cash in many of the smaller businesses. We’ve been told it is due to the bank’s high merchant fees for credit card purchases.

5. Choosing Healthcare

Once we have our permanent residency status, we will be eligible for the National Healthcare System. It is provided at no cost to all permanent residents and citizens.

Until then, we have a policy designed for expats. It costs us almost two-thirds less than our Medicare premium, which we have canceled through Social Security. The policy has no deductible and pays 100 percent of the bill. However, it does not include elective procedures.

6. Shopping

I’ve never been a shop-til-you-drop kind of person, but I must admit, I enjoy shopping in Nadur. In the village, there are small shops that specialize in different things. For example, the butcher sells only meat. The baker only makes and sells fresh bread, cakes, and pies daily. The “family needs” shop sells household goods. There are three small grocers, yes you’ve got it, they sell groceries and deli items. In addition, there are clothing stores, a sundries/newsstand, a pharmacy, and a pet supply store.

Mobile hawkers are my favorite merchants. Small trucks and vans with unique melodic horns pass through the village, sounding their horns. Then, they stop and open shops at their particular locations. There is a baker, a greengrocer, a fishmonger, a general goods seller, and a gas man. For the gas man, you leave your empty gas canister on your stoop and an envelope with €15. He will leave you a full canister.

Street markets are my second favorite place to shop. On Wednesdays in Nadur, vendors fill the square with everything from apples to zippers. I love the Wednesday market. It’s a social and shopping event. I’m learning the art of bartering. It is the way to get a bargain.

There are supermarkets and malls in Victoria, a 15-minute bus ride from my home. I occasionally shop there, but I’ve come to know the folks that have shops in my village, and I like supporting them. The village’s prices, especially food, are just a little lower than the larger stores in Victoria.

One thing that took some getting used to is the hours of many village shops. They open at 7-8 a.m., close at noon, then reopen at 4 p.m. until 7 p.m. Now it seems normal, but at first, it was a bit confusing.

7. Making Friends

Making friends has been easy. The Maltese are good-natured and love to help newcomers settle into daily life. I made most of my friends at the bus stop and the café in the village square.

The village has lots of activities in the square. At least once a week, there is a concert, traditional Maltese music performance, festa, or car show. It is the perfect place to meet folks and join in the fun.

The village church is also a fruitful source of activities. Spaghetti dinners are my favorite, but there are classes, social gatherings, bingo, and activities for seniors, teens, and toddlers.

In addition, there are expat social groups, web pages, and social media sites. They have been a rich source of new acquaintances and information.

What’s Next?

We will continue our new life in this old world. Our next step is registering for Permanent Residency. While it is relatively easy, it takes time and lots of paperwork. However, since the end of 2022, applications have been submitted online. The fee is €25. Once you receive approval, you appear for your identity card in person. The permanent residency will give us all the rights of a Maltese citizen except voting.

So far, we have made an excellent choice in Nadur. We will check in again in another 90 days.

The Principality of Monaco, a glittering jewel on the Mediterranean, is home to the iconic Monte Carlo Casino (Casino de Monte-Carlo). Perched on high ground, the 1865 grand building is the epitome of La Belle Époque style exuding ornate opulence. At night, when the city sparkles with lights and vibrates with the hum of wealthy, beautiful people, it is easy to be drawn to the casino’s glow like a moth to a flame. Before you lay down your first chip, it is wise to have a plan of action. Below are a few tips born from experience.

And before you ask — yes, I did put money down and came out empty-handed — but it was an excellent adventure.

Casino De Monte-Carlo

From its perch on the hillside, the views of the Casino de Monte-Carlo are spectacular. Stunning homes, fancy cars, and fashionable passersby exude a high net worth. More than just a gaming house, the casino is also home to the Opéra de Monte-Carlo.

Guests can visit the Casino de Monte-Carlo property without entering the gaming rooms and enjoy a “cultural experience.” You can gape at the artfully decorated Atrium and then enjoy a latté at the Café de la Rotonde; it is a great way to absorb the feel of the casino without paying to access the gaming rooms. The glittering gold-encrusted decor is nothing short of exuberant flights of fancy.

1. Casino Entrance

Begin your adventure at the Place du Casino (Casino Square), an expansive plaza at the front entrance of the Casino de Monte-Carlo. The plaza is filled with tourists happily snapping pictures while expensive Ferraris, Bentleys, and Rolls Royces zip between the casino and the Hotel de Paris.

Periodically, the blockade barriers encircling the casino are lowered and a high roller’s automobile is allowed to enter and park in one of the few spots inside the casino plaza. You will know when it happens because paparazzi swarm the car hoping to get a coveted picture of a rich and famous patron.

On my first visit, I was taking in all the glitz and glamor of the Atrium when I was whisked aside (gently shoved) for a special someone who had come to try their luck. It happened so quickly and so efficiently, I didn’t know what was going on until it was over. It is an amazing spot to people watch; you may even encounter some of the stars who want to see and be seen.

The Atrium is free to visitors beginning at 10:00 a.m. It is a beautiful spot to wander around and sport an awestruck expression at the over-the-top opulence. The gift shop is in the Atrium and open between 9 a.m. and 2 p.m. Accompanied children are allowed in the Atrium space until 2 p.m.

Pro Tip: The drivers around Casino Square are not fond of pedestrians — be swift when crossing the roadway.

2. Gaming Room Access

Accessing the gaming rooms requires a valid national identity card or passport — drivers licenses are not an acceptable form of identification. The entrance fee is under $20 per person. If you visit in the morning, save your ticket; you can use it to re-enter after 2 p.m. and try your luck at the game tables or slot machines.

You can enter the Casino de Monte-Carlo gaming space from 10 a.m.–1 p.m. for viewing the rooms only and you must pay the casino entrance fee. There is an audio-guided tour that will enhance your casino visit. It is part of the early morning “cultural experience.”

Pro Tip: The gaming tables begin opening at 2 p.m. Guests must be 18 years or older to enter the casino.

3. Gaming Rooms

Guests can play traditional games like slots, Blackjack, Craps, English Roulette, and Texas Poker Hold’em. Additionally, you can try your hand at something new like the French Roulette table or the Punto Banco table.

Several different gaming rooms, or salles, separate the types of games and the patrons’ VIP status.

The Salle Medicin is a private space where over-the-top galas, dinners, and concerts are held. The Salle Europe is the grand showcase of the casino spaces with an elegant lounge bar, music, and bustling gaming tables. The Salle des Amériques and the Salle Renaissance are filled with the blinking neon and the tinkling noise of winning slot machines. The Salle Blanche, the ultimate in gaming rooms, is for the casino’s high-roller VIPs. It takes gambling the night away to a brand new level.

4. Opulence

There is no need to feel out of place in the opulently decorated casino. They happily take everyone’s money! Visitors are expected to be courteous and well-mannered during the morning visits and while gaming. You do, however, see plenty of awestruck tourists along with seasoned gamblers occupying the casino floor.

5. Dress Code

The dress code at Casino de Monte-Carlo varies from time of day and each particular salle. If you want to gamble, smart casual wear is always a good choice.

You may enter the Atrium in chic-casual attire during the cultural experience hours. We saw plenty of tourists in shorts happily snapping photos at this time of day. The requirements allow for dressy Bermuda shorts, T-shirts, and sports shoes. No jeans with holes, tank tops, sweatshirts, sweatpants, sportswear, beachwear, men’s sandals, flip-flops, or trainers.

When it comes to entering the gaming rooms, strict adherence to the dress is required. If you are not in appropriate attire, you will not be allowed access.

Dress code for afternoon and evening gambling, depending on the gaming room, allows for dark jeans and dark sport shoes. Shorts, T-shirts, short-sleeve shirts, and sweatshirts are not allowed.

Pro Tip: Some rooms require men to wear a jacket.

6. James Bond

When you think of James Bond movies like GoldenEye, you think of Monte Carlo. Some of the filming took place in this glamorous spot. The Casino de Monte-Carlo was featured in Never Say Never Again. For 007 buffs, you will love the inspirational vibe that supposedly moved Ian Fleming’s Casino Royale Bond adventure.

There is little doubt that Monte Carlo’s iconic casino would be the perfect backdrop for any of Bond’s exploits. It is a glittery, show-stopping work of art. You can easily envision Roger Moore, Sean Connery, Pierce Brosnan, or any of the other Bonds taking a seat at the high-roller table and ordering his iconic Vesper Martini “shaken, not stirred.”

7. Hotel Du Paris Monte Carlo

Directly across the street from the casino is the Hotel du Paris. For as little as $16,000 a night, you can stay in the Diamond Suite with a sea view. This is the spot where celebs, royalty, and extravagant high rollers rest their weary heads in Monaco.

Rumor has it there is a tunnel from the hotel to the casino allowing the rich and famous to access the gaming rooms undetected by the paparazzi. While I have not seen this room nor access to the tunnel, I would love to have the opportunity one day.

Visiting Casino De Monte-Carlo

Whether you are zipping around the Mediterranean coastline of the Côte d’Azur or cruising the Mediterranean on a luxury yacht, you would be remiss if you didn’t make a stop in Monaco and venture to the Casino de Monte-Carlo. Like one of the seven wonders of the world, it is a must-see for anyone who loves travel, architecture, glitz, glamor, gaming, or simply experiencing a show-stopping moment.

If you are not a gambler, there are still plenty of things to see and do after you stop at the casino for a quick look. You will find great options in our guide on Monaco.

With a rich cultural heritage, stunning natural landscapes, and a diverse range of experiences all waiting to be explored, Europe has so much to offer a traveler. With such a wide range of fantastic things to experience, it might seem an impossible task to create a “to-do” list. But fear not! I’ve compiled a list of some of my favorite European travel experiences for you, and I hope this will inspire you to think outside the box and make your trip even more special.

From exploring an underground cemetery in Naples to a date with Dracula’s castle in Romania, or viewing a vast collection of 20th-century art in Venice, there’s something for everybody on this list. So, let’s get packing for some experiences of a lifetime.

1. Northern Lights

Finnish Lapland

Seeing the ethereal northern lights in Finnish Lapland is definitely an unforgettable experience. Lapland, located in the Arctic Circle, is one of the best places in the world to see the lights. They are otherwise known as the aurora borealis — a natural phenomenon that occurs when electrically-charged particles from the Sun collide with particles in the Earth’s atmosphere to create a stunning display of colors and patterns in the night sky.

Finnish Lapland is one of the most magical places you can visit. While you are here, visit Santa Claus and check to see if you’re on his naughty or nice list, see reindeer, try husky sledding, give skiing or snow-shoeing a try, sleep in a glass igloo, have a traditional Finnish sauna, and of course, turn your eyes to the sky and hopefully catch a glimpse of the magical northern lights.

In Lapland, the northern lights are visible from late August until early April, with the best time to see them being in the darkest months of the year, November to February. It’s important to find a location with clear skies and minimal light pollution, and be sure you have your camera ready. No one warns you that you often can’t see them with the naked eye and that most photographs of the Northern Lights are taken with special camera setups and a long shutter speed. Also remember, most cell phones will turn off in the cold.

Pro Tip: The northern lights are visible roughly 200 nights a year in northern Lapland, while in southern Finland, they’re only visible for around 10–20 nights a year. Take a northern lights tour to help you get to the best views.

2. Fontanelle Cemetery

Naples, Italy

Home to around 8 million human bones (mostly skulls) is the Fontanelle Cemetery beneath the bustle of the Naples streets. It is an old quarry that became a burial site in 1656 when the plague wiped out 250,000 of the city’s residents, and again in 1837, when cholera epidemics struck, at which time Fontanelle became Naples’s main burial site.

In the 19th century, the cemetery became overcrowded, and the bones of the deceased were moved to caves where they were arranged on shelves. In the early 20th century, the cemetery became a place of devotion for the poor of Naples, who believed that the souls of the dead could intercede on their behalf. The cemetery was maintained by a group of women known as the “pezzentelle,” who cared for the skulls and prayed for their souls.

A visit to Cimitero delle Fontanelle is free and offers an opportunity to both learn more about the history of Naples and to experience the eerie beauty of the underground catacombs.

Pro Tip: Ignore the somewhat pushy guides at the entrance to the cemetery. Instead, book a tour in advance if you don’t want to go it alone.

3. Glaciers

Svalbard, Norway

Norway’s Svalbard is a beautiful and remote archipelago deep inside the Arctic Circle. The region is known for vast expanses of ice and snow, majestic mountains, and stunning glaciers. Visitors can marvel at massive glaciers — tinged an otherworldly blue — that cascade down from the mountains and into the icy waters below. The sound of creaking ice and the sight of frozen landscapes stretching as far as the eye can see will leave a lasting impression on anyone fortunate enough to witness the majesty of Svalbard’s glaciers.

Despite its remote location and extreme conditions, Svalbard is a remarkable place and a popular destination for adventure tourism. It features activities such as dog sledding, snowmobiling, and glacier hiking, as well as the northern lights, which are visible here from October to February.

Svalbard is also home to the Svalbard Global Seed Vault, the world’s largest secure seed storage facility, where seeds from around the world are stored to protect against the loss of plant species in the event of a global catastrophe.

Pro Tip: Book a journey on an expedition ship, like the Quark Expeditions’ Ocean Adventurer, to get up close to glaciers, fjords, icebergs, and more.

4. Bran Castle

Bran, Romania

Bran Castle, in the Transylvania region of Romania, dates back to the 14^th century and is known as the home of the infamous vampire, Count Dracula, a fictional character created by Bram Stoker. The castle is a stunning example of medieval architecture, with a unique blend of Gothic and Renaissance styles, and its towers, turrets, and battlements giving it a dramatic and imposing appearance. Inside, visitors can explore the castle’s many rooms, including the eerie dungeons where prisoners were once held.

Bran Castle features an impressive collection of medieval weapons and armor, as well as artifacts from the region’s cultural heritage. Another unique feature of the castle is the torture room, with its displays of all sorts of medieval torture devices. The models are accompanied by drawings and gruesome descriptions of exactly how they were used. (You do have to pay a little extra to enter this part of the castle, and if you’re a little sensitive, you may want to skip it.) 

Whether you’re a history buff, or just a fan of horror stories and vampires, a visit to Dracula’s Castle is a great experience.

Pro Tip: As one of Romania’s tourist hotspots, expect the castle to be busy all year round. In the summer months, the entrance line can be long. To avoid long queues, arrive as early as possible, or book a tour that offers a skip-the-line ticket option. Most people wanting to visit Bran Castle base themselves in Brasov, a popular ski resort and hiking town in the Carpathian Mountains. It’s only 30 minutes to Bran Castle from Brasov by car, and you can take a tour from here that includes Bran Castle and Peles Castle (one of the most beautiful castles I’ve ever seen). If you’re short on time and can’t stay over in Brasov, it’s easy to take a day trip from Bucharest.

5. Art Along The Grand Canal

Venice, Italy

The Grand Canal is the main waterway in Venice and one of its iconic landmarks. Located on the banks of the Grand Canal is the Peggy Guggenheim Collection, a museum of modern art housed in the Palazzo Venier dei Leoni, a magnificent palace built in the 18th century.

The palace was originally designed by architect Lorenzo Boschetti but was never completed to his specifications. Over the years, various owners made changes and additions to the building, resulting in an eclectic mix of architectural styles and a stunning example of Venetian architecture. Its location along the Grand Canal makes it one of the most scenic and picturesque buildings in Venice.

Peggy Guggenheim purchased the incomplete building in 1949, living there until her death 30 years later. She filled its rooms with her vast collection of modern and contemporary art, including works by Jackson Pollock, Salvador Dalí, Pablo Picasso, Max Ernst, Joan Miró, and Alexander Calder. The building’s interior is just as impressive as its exterior, with ornate staircases, frescoes, and intricate details throughout. The museum’s galleries are spread over three floors.

Pro Tip: You can visit the Peggy Guggenheim Collection using the My Special Venice card, a digital card valid for 365 days that allows you to visit some of the most extraordinary cultural sites in Venice at reduced prices.

6. The Princes’ Islands 

Istanbul, Türkiye 

The “Princes’ Islands” (Adalar in Turkish) are a group of nine, small islands located in the Marmara Sea, a short ferry ride from Istanbul’s Kabataş ferry dock. Of the nine islands, only four are open to the public: Büyükada (the biggest and most popular), Burgazada, Heybeliada, and Kınalıada. The islands are known for their stunning natural beauty, charming villages, and unique history, with many of their buildings dating back to the Ottoman era. Mainly car-free, the islands are known for their horse-drawn carriages (phaetons) and visiting really feels like you’re stepping back in time.

The Princes Islands have evolved from a place of exile during the Byzantine era to a popular destination for tourists and Istanbulites alike looking for an escape from the hectic city. Each island has its own unique character and attractions, from the beautiful beaches of Büyükada to the secluded serenity of Heybeliada. On Büyükada, you’ll find grand old mansions, secret swimming coves, and colorful local markets, with one of the main attractions being the historic Greek Orthodox Monastery of St. George dating back to the 6th century. A walk up to Büyükada’s highest peak, Yücetepe, gives you incredible views all the way to Istanbul, far away on the horizon.

Pro Tip: Both regular ferries (operated by Şehir Hatları) and “sea busses” (fast ferries operated by IDO) will get you to the Princes’ Islands. The sea buses are the fastest option but operate at irregular times and focus on locals commuting to and from work, stopping at all the islands, and taking around 55 minutes. The regular ferries are slower (can take up to 100 minutes) but cheaper and depart more frequently. Make sure you catch one of the first ferries of the day to beat the local crowds, and on arrival, check when the last ferry departs back to Istanbul. Alternatively, join a day tour with lunch from Istanbul.

I hope I’ve whet your appetite to explore some of the special places and experiences that Europe has to offer. Happy traveling!

To be fair, there aren’t many areas in Scotland where you won’t find incredibly scenic drives. The country is just full of them. Even some of the cities are surrounded by dramatic hills and rolling greenery, lochs, and castles. The small towns and villages are picturesque and sleepy and the coastal roads are rugged with soft sand beaches that are virtually empty.

You can drive by ancient forests and fairy tale manor houses and take a car ferry over to the islands for an experience in remoteness where the roads are yours alone. Scotland is one of the most tranquil, beautiful, and relaxing places I’ve ever driven. To get you started on where to take a leisurely drive, here are 6 gorgeous scenic drives to experience in Scotland.

1. Edinburgh To St Andrews

Fife

Inscribed as a UNESCO World Heritage site in 2015, you can start your drive after the Forth Road Bridge — a pedestrian and public transport-only bridge crossing the Firth of Forth. Then drive up north to East Neuk, which is the coastal area of Fife. Neuk means “nook” or corner, and it’s the perfect word to describe this seaside area, with its pretty fishing villages and beautiful coastline.

Stop off in Anstruther for the best fish and chips in this part of Scotland. The road then takes you all the way up to St Andrews, a town famous for golf and the stunning ruins of St Andrews Castle. The beaches in Fife are long and sandy, and in some of the villages, you’ll have them all to yourself.

Perfect For Golf Lovers

This drive is ideal for fans of quiet windswept coasts. It’s also perfect for golf lovers as you end in one of Scotland’s most famous golf towns.

Length Of Drive: The drive will take you 2 hours from start to finish, though you may want to stop off a few times to enjoy the views.

2. North Coast 500

The North Coast And Highlands

If you want a longer drive that covers a wider area and shows you what Scotland really has to offer, the North Coast 500 is an 805-kilometer drive across some of Scotland’s most stunning landscapes. It’s a round trip, starting and ending in Inverness, that takes in the best of the Highlands. Head towards Skye and drive through the North West Highlands, and all the way to John O’Groats, Scotland’s most northerly town.

The drive doesn’t include the Isle of Skye, but a detour to the island will certainly be a good addition. From John O’Groats, you’ll drive back down to Inverness. The route is well signposted, but be aware that in places the roads do get narrow, so care needs to be taken for oncoming traffic.

Perfect For Adventurers

This drive is ideal for anyone with a real sense of adventure and discovery and anyone who loves a good long road trip. This is a week-long trip, so you’ve got to love driving too!

Length Of Drive: It’s a long way, and this drive can usually be done in 4 to 5 days. If you want to stop off at Skye, or anywhere else on route, give yourself 7 days and you can enjoy a leisurely drive with plenty of stop-offs and overnight stays.

3. Argyll Coastal Route

Lower Western Scotland

Your drive for this route starts at Loch Lomond, just north of Glasgow, which takes in the Trossachs National Park. This is a beautiful place to spend some time before you set off. From there you’ll travel up the west coast, where it’s possible to take a little detour over to the islands of Iona and Staffa.

The drive then takes you through Inverary, where there’s a historic castle and Inverary Jail, which is now open to guided tours. You’ll then travel all the way up to Fort William, where the rugged mountain range begins, including Ben Nevis, the highest mountain in Scotland. If you fancy a walk amongst the mountains, or you’re an experienced climber, this is the ideal place to end the trip.

Perfect For Hikers

The west of Scotland is very different from the east; it’s more rugged and wilder, so this drive is perfect for anyone who likes craggy landscapes, climbing, and exploring small islands.

Length Of Drive: The route takes 4 and a half hours to drive, but longer if you stop off a few times, and much longer if you take a trip over to the islands.

4. Borders Historic Route

Southern Scotland

This scenic drive takes you from the Scottish border with England right up to the city of Edinburgh. Start in Carlisle and drive up the road to Gretna Green. Gretna Green is famous for being the place elopers and those wishing to marry in secret would go. You can still get married there, or you can take a look around the museum.

As you skirt the Northumberland National Park, you’ll stick to the Scottish side of the border and head up to Scott’s View. This is where Sir Walter Scott loved to sit and write, due to the incredible views over the land. Before you reach Edinburgh you’ll come across the Dalkeith Country Park, where you can stop for a walk around. There are 100 acres to roam around, so put aside some time. You’ll finish the trip in Edinburgh, where there’s enough to keep you busy for days.

Perfect For Culture Lovers

Fans of culture and history will love this drive, as it takes you to some interesting and culturally significant spots and ends in the historic city of Edinburgh.

Length Of Drive: This drive takes just over 3 hours to complete, and a little longer if you make stops along the way.

5. Stornoway To Seilebost

Outer Hebrides

If you want to explore a little further than mainland Scotland, take the car ferry over to Stornoway, the capital of the Isle of Lewis and the Isle of Harris, for the start of a very special scenic drive. The Outer Hebrides feel like a different world, far away from the busy cities and lively towns and villages of the mainland. These are small and remote islands with few people and a quiet and slow pace of life.

As you drive out of Stornoway, you can take the A859 and drive down through Lewis and then onto Harris. You’ll take in the most beautiful landscape of unspoiled beauty as you explore these islands. Stop off at the Isle of Harris Distillery where you can learn how they make their whisky. The drive ends in Seilebost, where the coastline opens up to the sea and the soft sands of Luskentyre will make you never want to leave.

Perfect For Solitude

This drive is ideal for anyone who wants to truly get away from it all. These islands make you feel like you’ve really jumped ship to another place; it’s so quietly beautiful.

Length Of Drive: The drive will take around 1 hour and 10 minutes, not including your ferry ride over to Stornoway.

6. Highlands Tourist Route

Northeast Scotland

Starting in the coastal city of Aberdeen, this highland route takes you west to Pitfichie Forest where you can see Craigievar Castle, a fairy tale pink castle that is said to have inspired Walt Disney to create his Cinderella castle. The castle opens to visitors from January till September. From here you’ll drive through the Cairngorms, a stunning area of national parkland. Climbers love it here, so if you feel like a climb or even just a good hike, this is a great place to make a stop.

Cawdor Castle awaits you next, also with a famous connection, but this time for being in Shakespeare’s Macbeth. The last stop before you reach the end of the route in Inverness is Culloden Battlefield. This was the site of the 1746 battle between the Scottish and the English. This is much more than just a field and includes a museum, café, and shop.

Perfect For Historic Finds

This is definitely a drive for history fans. With castles with historical connections and a historic battlefield en route, anyone with a passing interest in the past will love this one.

Length Of Drive: The drive takes 4 hours and 15 minutes total driving time, but with so many interesting stops along the way, it’s bound to take longer.

Spain is full of fabulous places just waiting to be explored. With charming villages, stunning natural wonders, ancient history, and fantastic food, there’s something for everyone in this diverse and beautiful country. If I asked you to name some Spanish cities, I’m sure places like Barcelona, Madrid, Seville, and maybe Valencia would come to mind. But away from the big cities are some special Spanish spots, known only to locals and passionate travelers. Read on for a taste of the many hidden gems waiting for you on your next trip to Spain.

1. Cadiz

Cadiz really is the hidden gem of Andalusia. Not as well-known as the Andalusian cities of Seville and Granada, this is the perfect town for a day trip or a weekend visit if you are in the south of Spain.

Cadiz is a beautiful coastal city known for its stunning beaches, historical landmarks, and vibrant culture, and if you’re into history then this is the city for you too — this is one of the oldest cities in Western Europe. Founded by the Phoenicians 3,000 years ago, the Romans also settled here. The historic center of Cadiz is a maze of narrow streets, colorful buildings, and charming, tree-lined plazas. You can spend hours wandering and discovering hidden corners, historic landmarks, and local shops. Visit the Mercado Central, a bustling indoor market that’s a great place to sample local seafood and soak up the atmosphere. Be sure to try some of the local specialties, such as fried fish, prawns, and squid.

But there’s more to this city than history. Cadiz is surrounded by miles of beautiful sandy beaches, perfect for swimming, sunbathing, and water sports. La Caleta is a popular beach located in the city center, while Playa de la Victoria is a larger beach located just outside of the city. Cadiz is located on a peninsula, and you can take a boat tour around the harbor or to nearby islands like Isla de Sancti Petri.

Cadiz has all the charms of Andalusia but without the crowds.

2. Canillas de Aceituno

The little village of Canillas de Aceituno is a white “pueblo” set in the countryside of Malaga, in a stunning region known as the Axarquia. Often overlooked by travelers, this beautiful village in the southern part of Andalusia is situated at the foothills of the Sierra de Tejeda mountain range, making it a perfect destination for outdoor enthusiasts.

The village itself features narrow streets lined with white-washed houses and colorful flowers, giving it a charming and traditional feel. Visitors can explore historic landmarks, including the 16th-century Church of Nuestra Señora del Rosario and the Moorish castle of Bentomiz, which dates back to the 9^th century.

The charming main square is perfect to have a coffee and Spanish tostada for breakfast, or a drink and some tapas after a hike. The village is known for its delicious cuisine, including traditional Spanish dishes such as paella and tapas.

If you are visiting in April, one for the foodies is the annual Día de la Morcilla or “Black Pudding Day.” Usually around April 25 to 30, the festival, in honor of the Virgen de la Cabeza, revolves around the consumption of morcilla (‘black pudding’ or ‘blood sausage’ in English), a speciality of the village with a sweet, smoky taste, spiced with paprika and oregano, and rich with pork fat, onion, and rice.

Nominally a religious festival, the day is just all round fun with free morcilla, a glass of sweet Malaga wine for all, and usually performances by local dance troupes and musicians and a bar set up right in the middle of the village. The fiesta starts around 9:30 a.m., with flowers being laid before the Virgin de la Cabeza (the patron saint) in the church. Starting at 10:00 a.m. there’s a procession around the village and then at around 1:30 p.m. the food is served — it’s said that over 650 pounds of morcilla is served!

Pro Tip: If you are looking for your own special getaway in Canillas de Aceituno try the privately owned El Carligto Estate, with its two stylish private villas perched on a hilltop overlooking the Mediterranean and the Moroccan coast beyond. Alternatively, try the Olive and Ivy Guesthouse in the heart of the charming village.

3. Siurana

Siurana is a beautiful and historic village located in the province of Tarragona, in the Catalonia region of Spain. The village is one of the prettiest in Catalonia, perched on a rocky hilltop, with stunning views over the surrounding countryside.

The drive to the village is bound to be one of the highlights of your visit: a 4-mile drive up a narrow road with nine hairpins, sheer drops, and spectacular panoramas over the vineyards and vibrant turquoise reservoir below.

The tiny village of Siurana is home to 30 houses, five bars and restaurants, two hotels, a Moorish castle constructed in 800, a simple 12th-century Romanesque church of Santa Maria, and just 32 people, some of whom run the 6-room Hotel Siuranella and restaurant. Visitors to Siurana can explore the village’s narrow cobbled streets and historic landmarks, including the famous Pont de l’Estrelicia, a stunning Romanesque bridge spanning the nearby river. The area is also a major attraction for outdoor enthusiasts, with numerous hiking and climbing opportunities available in the nearby Montsant Natural Park.

Pro Tip: Siurana can get busy in peak tourist season, but if you visit on a weekday you’ll hopefully almost have the place to yourself.

4. Calella de Palafrugell

Calella de Palafrugell, in the province of Girona, north-eastern Spain, is one of the most beautiful villages on the Costa Brava, and a perfect place to enjoy the peace and quiet of an authentic, old fishing village. Whitewashed buildings fringe the waterfront, fishing boats line its shores, and the coast is sprinkled with rocky coves and sandy beaches. The town is also home to the Cap Roig Botanical Garden, which offers visitors the chance to admire a wide variety of plants and flowers in a stunning setting overlooking the sea. Spend some time relaxing on the sand, swimming in the clear waters, and soaking up the sun on El Golfet, Canadell, or Port Bo beaches.

Calella de Palafrugell is a great place to enjoy some of the best restaurants and cafés in the Costa Brava region and is renowned for excellent seafood and delicious traditional cuisine. For pintxos and tapas served in a cool, laid-back place with big windows, sea views, and sidewalk tables, head to Calau. For classic Catalan dishes like seafood paella, fish, and shellfish, all served in a homey, beachfront setting, try Sol i Mar Calella. Just a few steps from the church, BarK is a small, atmospheric, and reasonably priced restaurant in the heart of Calella de Palafrugell with a menu that includes excellent seafood tapas.

Pro Tip: Calella de Palafrugell is located within easy reach of other popular attractions in the region, including the city of Girona, the medieval town of Pals, and the Dalí Museum in Figueres.

5. Moraira

Moraira is a picturesque coastal town in south-eastern Spain and is one of the most unspoiled on the Costa Blanca with 5 miles of beautiful coast surrounded by mountains and vineyards. This is the kind of small seaside destination that you dream about visiting for a seaside holiday. With beautiful beaches and a temperate climate that’s never too hot, even in the middle of summer, Moraira is situated on the beautiful mountainous tip of the Costa Blanca. Over time, the town has grown from a small fishing village to a holiday and retirement destination, all without losing its Spanish charm and character.

Moraira’s town center is charming with its narrow streets, whitewashed houses, and a historic castle. Take a stroll through the streets, visit the castle, and enjoy the peaceful atmosphere. Moraira Castle, which dates back to the 18^th century, offers stunning views of the surrounding area. Moraira has several beautiful beaches, including L’Ampolla, Platgetes, and El Portet, an impressive marina, a variety of local shops, markets, harbor-side fish restaurants, and bars.

The weekly market in Moraira is held on Fridays and is a great place to shop for local produce and handicrafts — it’s a bustling and colorful event that’s not to be missed. There are handbags, carpets, ceramics… well, just about everything except furniture. Leather goods are especially good value; if you buy a leather belt the vendor will cut it to fit you exactly.

With over 320 sunshine days every year, Moraira is known for its natural beauty and is well situated for exploring other popular attractions in the region, including the nearby town of Javea and the stunning Calpe Rock.

Pro Tip: The Los Limoneros hotel offers all the comforts of a 3-star establishment and is in a good position being only 500 yards from the sea. If you are looking for somewhere to eat, try Terra Vina, a tucked-away tapas wine bar, rather than a restaurant. The tapas are homemade, and an eclectic selection of wines by the glass is available.

Whether you are looking for a relaxing beach vacation, a challenging hiking adventure, or a cultural and historical break, Spain has it all. So why not plan your next trip to this amazing country and explore some of its many hidden gems for yourself?

Related Reading:

• 9 Amazing Experiences In Coastal San Sebastian, Spain
• 9 Reasons You Need Spain’s Gorgeous Palma De Mallorca On Your Travel List
• Our 5 Favorite Restaurants In Spain On A Retirement Budget

There are so many interesting places to visit in the UK and Ireland. From England’s historic Roman towns to quaint Scottish islands and picturesque Irish villages — unless you stay in London — you will almost certainly want to rent a car. 

If exploring London is all you want to do, forget the car and use the underground (“Tube”). Public transport is much more developed over the water and taking a train or bus can often get you from one city to the next rapidly and comfortably. However, away from the towns and cities, public transport can be a little less available and renting (“hiring”) a car opens up all sorts of possibilities to discover wonderful places off the beaten track (think remote hiking in spectacular scenery and stopping for lunch at a remote country pub).

There is no reason driving overseas should feel like a daunting prospect. Here are a few things to consider before taking delivery of your rental car keys and slipping behind the wheel.

1. We Drive On The Left

This might sound obvious but it’s kind of important! In both the UK and Ireland, traffic drives on the left. There’s a good historical reason for this: When horseback was the main mode of getting from A to B, and most people were right-handed, riding on the left allowed you to easily protect yourself from possible threats approaching from the opposite direction. So… that’s why we drive on the left.

Staying on the left-hand side is easy when other cars are also on the road. However, when you are the only vehicle on the road, take extra care as you might find yourself drifting over to the right. This is particularly easy to do when you are turning right and there is no other traffic around or at night when no other vehicles are around to guide you.

2. Manual Or Automatic?

The majority of cars are manual (stick-shift) so you get an extra pedal too. If you are not used to driving a manual car, you can opt to rent an automatic transmission (often for an extra charge) but do check with the rental company ahead of time as there are fewer automatic vehicles available.

3. The First 20 Minutes

The first 20 minutes are the most dangerous moments when driving a new vehicle. It doesn’t help if this is also the time you want to thread your way out of an airport and are trying to find your way. Take the time to do a “cockpit check” to familiarize yourself with the controls before setting off. You may be eager to go but this check is well worth a few minutes of your time. You will likely bang your hand on the window a few times as you go to change gear and realize you need to use your left hand, not your right hand.

If you are picking up a car having just arrived on the red-eye across the Atlantic, be aware to stop at service stations or just pull over to take a short nap if you are feeling tired. The interstates (“motorways”) have numerous service areas where you can pull over for a rest. On smaller roads, you may find pullover areas (or “lay-bys” that are designated by a blue P sign) where you can park legally and free of charge.

4. Allow More Time

Roads away from the motorways can be narrow and slow. In tourist areas, the roads can become clogged during peak travel season. Consider traveling when schools are still in session and avoid public (“bank”) holiday weekends.

Distances may seem small on the map, but remember you’re not usually driving as the crow flies. Roads frequently meander, speed limits fall as you pass through villages, and traffic lights always seem to turn red as you approach them. Whatever time Google tells to allow for a journey, add more time.

5. Understand Renting Restrictions

You will need to present a valid U.S. or Canadian driver’s license to rent a car along with a valid photo ID. Many rental car companies in Ireland require drivers to be 25 years old or over, while the UK is 23 or over. Also, for those over 70, some companies may have additional restrictions, so do your research before booking. Also be aware of costly add-ons for having additional drivers. If you’re not planning on spending multiple hours driving each day, it may not be worth having that second driver on the ticket.

6. The Roads Are Narrow

Roads in the UK and Ireland are narrow compared to North America. Don’t be tempted to rent a larger vehicle than you really need. Parking spaces are equally narrow, so hiring a decent-sized SUV (the larger ones are called “people carriers,” like a Honda Odyssey) can be a very tight squeeze in many parking places.

7. Rules Of The Road

Take a moment to look at the rules of the road before driving for the first time. Check out the Highway Code (UK) and Rules of the Road (Ireland). Here are some tips to remain safe and avoid upsetting the locals.

Overtaking

People are more likely to overtake here than in North America on single highways (one lane in each direction) — and they are generally good at it. If you get stuck behind a slow-moving vehicle (i.e. a tractor) you will be expected to overtake it, too, when it is safe to do so. If you are not confident overtaking, pull over to let others pass.

No Turn On Red

This is a great rule in North America, but you cannot turn at a red traffic light in Ireland or the UK.

Box Junctions

Look out for that yellow-hatched area on the road at an intersection. The idea is to keep this area clear at all times so people can go through the junction. Do not enter the hatched area unless your exit is clear. If you get stuck in the “box,” other drivers will not be impressed.

Roundabouts

We love roundabouts; they keep the traffic moving. If your way is clear, you do not need to stop but yield (“give way”) if traffic is approaching from the right. Look out for mini-roundabouts — often just a white circle painted on the road — which serve the same purpose as a full-blown roundabout. Some congested roundabouts now also have traffic lights to better control traffic flow. Take care to ensure you are in the correct lane.

8. Watch Your Speed  

Speed limits are posted in miles-per-hour in the UK but in kilometers-per-hour in Ireland. Speed cameras are installed everywhere, and therefore, most drivers tend to stick to the limit. If you happen to get caught speeding, not only will you likely receive a fine, but rental car companies will also hit you with an administration fee for sending you the ticket.

9. Learn The Vocabulary

Forget the accent, even the words are different over here. The engine is under the “bonnet” (hood) and you store your luggage in the “boot” (trunk). You fill up with “petrol” (gas) and the GPS is often called the “sat-nav.” The glass at the front is the “windscreen” and “indicators” are your turn signals. In an emergency, you put on your hazard warning lights (don’t say “flashers;” these are people who expose themselves). Motorways are equivalent to interstates, we give way and we drive slowly over “sleeping policemen” (humps in the road to slow traffic).

Take the time at the beginning of your journey to familiarize yourself with the vehicle, know your route, and take your time, and you will have a safe, fabulous experience exploring the beauty of the British Isles.

Related Reading:

• 10 Fabulous Cooking Classes To Experience In The UK
• 6 Reasons You’ll Fall In Love With The British Channel Islands
• 9 Reasons To Visit The Ancient Town Of Kilkenny, Ireland

One of the thrills of living in Italy is being immersed in a nationwide passion for wine. This is a country that — with a massive 400-plus grape varieties and a string of constantly emerging globally-acclaimed wines — inevitably hovers close to the top of the list for wine aficionados.

Wine is enmeshed in the very fabric of Italy. Viniculture had already been established in Italy by the time the Phoenicians landed in Sicily some 2,000 years ago. And while traditional winemaking continues in most Italian regions, some incredibly exciting innovations are also taking place.

There are 20 Italian wine regions in total, with much of the countryside dedicated to producing wine, and for over 15 years, I’ve been walking with groups through Italy’s vineyard-carpeted landscape, meeting wine producers, and learning about some of their best wines. One thing I have learned over the years is that you simply can’t view Italian wine tourism in isolation. For me, enjoying Italian wine is completely wrapped up in the country’s tradition of amazing food and glorious landscapes.

Here are my favorite Italian wine regions.

1. Tuscany

Italy’s most important wine-growing region needs no introduction. Tuscany’s landscape of rolling hills dotted with farmhouses and castles, and its vast vineyards, olive groves, and regimented rows of cypress trees will always hold a special place in my heart. And the fact is that Tuscany’s vineyards are quite simply part of everyday life in the region.

Wine It’s Known For

Tuscany’s wine output ranges from dry whites to full-bodied reds, including some of the world’s most famous wines. This is the home of Chianti Classico, and the highest classified DOCG (Denominazione di Origine Controllata e Garantita) reds, Brunello di Montalcino and Nobile di Montepulciano.

On the Tuscan Coast, however, several producers have demonstrated what a touch of creativity, innovation, and a step away from tradition can achieve. In the wine-producing area of Bolgheri, a combination of a unique microclimate and a mini revolution in winemaking, combined with a change in the country’s wine laws in 1992, has resulted in the creation of the ‘Super Tuscan’ wines, such as sassicaia and tignanello.

Pro Tip: The perfect end to dinner in Tuscany? A small glass of sweet vin santo dessert wine with a couple of cantucci biscuits.

2. Piedmont

A strong rival to Tuscany, and one of my favorites for its landscape, Piedmont is a high-altitude region at the foot of the Alps, close to the border with France. This is a region of rugged peaks and verdant hills dotted with family-owned wineries. Home to the ‘Slow Food’ movement, its dazzling world-renowned vintages are paired with truffle-infused dishes, creamy risottos, and tangy, aromatic cheeses.

Wine It’s Known For

The region produces red wines with rich complex flavors and more DOCG wines than anywhere else, including barolo and barbaresco, both created from the nebbiolo grape. But this elegant wine region is also renowned for its white wines — especially arneis and gavi — as well as its sparkling white Moscato d’Asti, often enjoyed as a dessert wine.

Pro Tip: Learn about wine from all around the Italian peninsula at the superb Banca del Vino (“The Wine Bank”) in the tiny village of Pollenzo.

3. Lombardy

Home to Italy’s glamorous capital city of Milan, with its chic-galleried malls and dazzling opera house, you wouldn’t automatically associate Lombardy with wine growing. But there are two distinct wine-growing areas: to the south of Milan, the little-visited Oltrepò Pavese, and to the north and east, the vineyards in the Valtellina and around Lake Garda.

Wine It’s Known For

Lombardy is best known for its sparkling Franciacorta DOCG, made using the traditional champagne method, but also for its powerful red Valtellina Superiore DOCG, made from the nebbiolo grape. Vineyards around the evocative Italian Lakes region produce some fabulous white wines and the traditional aromatic rosé or light red Chiaretto.

Pro Tip: Sip a glass of sparkling Franciacorta at a lakeside restaurant overlooking the glistening waters of Lake Como.

4. Trentino-Alto Adige

This stunning border region was formerly part of the Austro-Hungarian province of South Tyrol. The region’s capital, Bolzano, is a melting pot of Italian and German culture, with German-style bread and pretzels as popular as pizza and beer halls interspersed with wine cellars along the cobblestone streets. All in all, it’s a fascinating blend of influences and is also home to some of the country’s most spectacular mountain landscapes.

Wine It’s Known For

As a region, it’s well known for its exquisite wines, particularly the locally-produced pinot bianco and pinot grigio, which are excellent with fish dishes and traditional knödel (Tyrolean dumplings). Amongst the red wines, international varieties such as pinot noir and cabernet sauvignon sit alongside the local spicy red schiava (vernatsch) and lagrein wines — the perfect accompaniment to cold and dark meats and cheese.

Pro Tip: Explore the best of the region’s wine production on the Strada del Vino.

5. Friuli-Venezia Giulia

Located in the alpine foothills of northeastern Italy, bordering Austria and Slovenia, Friuli Venezia Giulia is another intriguing region characterized by its cross-cultural influences and a paradise for hikers. I love the variety of scenery that veers from green valleys and rolling hills to magnificent mountain peaks and UNESCO World Heritage sites.

Wine It’s Known For

It’s also a favorite with wine enthusiasts. The mild Mediterranean climate and cold air currents from the Alps are ideal conditions for white wines. In fact, the wines from the Collio region are considered to be amongst the best in Italy. Two of my favorites from the region include friulano and ribolla gialla, but at the many small family-owned wineries in the Collio hills, you’ll find ample opportunities to taste a wide range of refreshing light white wines accompanied by platters of local ham and cheese.

Pro Tip: Try different wines at one of the many small friendly cellars in Cormòns (the capital of the Collio region) accompanied by a tempting platter of affettati (salami, cheese, smoked trout, and boiled ham).

6. Sicily And Sardinia

Italy’s Islands

Italy’s largest island, Sicily produces a superb selection of wine thanks to a winning combination of a hot climate and volcanic soil. The vineyards on the slopes of Mount Etna are home to red grape varieties such as nerello mascalese and nerello cappuccio, as well as the best-known, dark, rich, and fruity Nero d’Avola. However, white grape varieties are also numerous, with the best wines including those from catarratto grapes. Dessert wines are also excellent, including marsala and zibibbo from Pantelleria — perfect with a pastry!

However, of all the Italian islands, Sardinia is probably my favorite, not least due to its rugged interior, which contrasts so perfectly with its glorious coastline of white sand beaches fringed by turquoise water. This dramatic divergence is also evident in some of its wine. The excellent bold red Cannonau di Sardegna is wonderful with Sardinian’s rustic cuisine. The more refreshing white Vermentino di Sardegna is the ideal accompaniment to seafood appetizers, fish, and shellfish.

Pro Tip: Head inland to experience Sardinia’s mouthwatering gastronomic treat, porceddu (“suckling pig”), cooked whole over an open fire and washed down with a robust red cannonau.

If you’re looking for specific wines to add to your cellar, check out these articles:

• The 11 Best Wines To Buy At Aldi According To A Sommelier
• 12 Delicious Wines To Try This Year — All From A Country That May Surprise You
• 11 Best Wines To Buy At Trader Joe’s According To A Sommelier

Croatia’s glittering Dalmatian coast is no longer a holiday secret. Each summer, visitors from around the world clog the country’s stand-out cities of Dubrovnik and Split. But there’s a smaller, lesser-known gem of a town, located a quick car or bus ride south of Split that truly shines. It’s quieter than its bigger counterparts, but it’s a place you should get to know… and it makes for a perfect day trip.

The small town of Omiš (pronounced OH-mish) has it all: legend and lore, gorgeous buildings and stunning squares, great dining options, and plenty of outdoor activities to try out. It will satisfy both the culture vultures and adventurers in your travel group… and leave them equally enchanted.

Here are five reasons you should consider adding a visit to Omiš to your Croatian vacation!

1. History

Omiš is small but cuts an imposing sight as you approach from land or water. The Cetina River runs right through it and into the sea. That topography made it a prime strategic location for pirates during the Middle Ages. They would sail the Adriatic, plunder at will, then quickly steer their ships back up the mouth of the Cetina and steal off into the surrounding mountains. Legend holds these bold pirates even attacked Crusaders heading for the Holy Land. They also built one of two large forts that still tower over the town — Mirabella. It provided both protection and look-out vantages.

In 1444, Omiš fell to the Venetians, marking the end of the pirates’ reign. The town now had to fend off continuing threats from the Ottoman Empire, and a second fort called Starigrad was built. After the fall of Venice at the beginning of the 19^th century, Omiš bounced around a bit, coming under both Austrian and French rule. After World War One, Croatia was combined into the Yugoslav state, and finally became independent in 1991.

Pro Tip: Keep your eye out for historic plaques that explain the history of Omiš at each notable spot. There are QR codes, too!

2. Architecture

Meandering through Omiš’ small but historic center, one is struck by the clash of cultures still evidenced there. It all comes together in a gorgeous, compact, and utterly charming package. The narrow alleyways through cobblestoned streets are reminiscent of Venice, as is much of the architecture. You can actually climb up both Mirabella (a quicker, easier trek, FYI!) and Starigrad for incredible views. As you wander through town, you’ll encounter limestone homes, businesses, and chapels dating back centuries and spanning architectural styles from pre-Romanesque to Venetian Gothic, Renaissance, and Baroque.

The small quirks were what caught my eye in Omiš. Especially one 16th-century structure: the one the locals call “The House of the Happy Man.” Legend holds that Ivan Primojević, a lawyer and the ambassador of Omiš in Venice once lived here. It owes its lovely nickname to the faded Latin inscription at the top, which reads “I thank thee, Lord, for having lived in this world.”

3. The Laid-Back Vibe

Omiš is far different from Croatia’s larger coastal cities or its glitzy island villages. It’s tiny, and therefore the vibe here is distinct: a bit sleepier and more serene, even during high season when compared to other high-traffic seaside spots. The locals are quite friendly, and I felt safe during my entire time here as I explored. There was enough to see here to keep me busy for a full but no-stress day, at the end of which I reveled in a long, lounging tea and cake stop while watching people out and about on their daily errands. Omiš proved the perfect chilled-out palate cleanser to the much more bustling, but also fabulous Split.

Pro Tip: July and August are the peak months along the Dalmatian coast, and Omiš will be much more crowded then as well. However, during shoulder season — April through May and October — the temperatures are still nice, and the tourist crush is tamped down. Consider booking your trip then to truly soak up all the region has to offer without the frenetic pace.

4. Outdoor Activities

Omiš attracts adventure-seekers from around the globe with its vast and varied outdoor activities. Rafting the gorgeous Cetina Riviera is a popular option, as are more leisurely cruises on the gorgeous water. Ziplining over the canyons and above the river is also a high-flying treat — some are as tall as 300 feet!

Hikers will love the trails just outside Omiš, which vary in difficulty. Some wind up to the tops of the surrounding peaks, and through former pirate fortifications. Finally, there’s the gorgeous water where the river meets the sea, perfect for swimming, playing, and lounging. Omiš is even home to a sand beach, a true rarity in Croatia as most coastlines here are pebbled and rocky.

5. Dining

After you’re done seeing and doing everything Omiš has to offer its visitors, it’s likely you’ll have worked up an appetite. You can’t go wrong with any of the konobas — or small cafes — in town. They’ll each offer traditional Croatian dishes — including Dalmatian prosciutto, grilled locally-caught fish, and the traditional Dalmatian peka (meat perfectly roasted under an iron lid). Wash it all down with a glass or two of locally produced wine (a light and bright white called Pošip was one of my favorites!) and you’ve got a Croatian meal you won’t ever forget.

And a word to the wise, don’t dare forget to leave room for dessert. True to its roots, Omiš has some beautiful bakeries and pastry shops that are reminiscent of Vienna — a clear connection to when the Austrians occupied the region. Do not miss I Gemelli, a tiny shop just steps away from historic St. Michael’s Church. The tearoom is charming with a beautiful open-air view of the square below. The confections there, displayed in a case up front, were simply gorgeous, almost too pretty to eat. Almost.

Edinburgh is the natural first stop on your way to exploring the northern country of Scotland. It is the country’s capital, and, many would argue, its most beautiful. There is so much to do and see in Edinburgh that the city will keep you busy for a few days, but it is also a good base for going exploring a little further afield. I am not talking about the Highlands here, just an hour or so in the car, making for easy day trips and daylight returns to Edinburgh.

There is such a variety to be found within an easy drive from Edinburgh, that you will be spoilt for choice. Here, in no particular order, are some of my favorite days out of Edinburgh.

1. Glasgow

Sightseeing In Scotland’s Second City

Let’s start with the obvious: Glasgow. Often called Scotland’s second city, it is Scotland’s largest city, with Edinburgh coming in second place. There is a continuous, friendly rivalry between the two cities, a little like between Melbourne and Sydney, but there is no doubt that both are well worth a visit. Being in Edinburgh without popping along to Glasgow, less than 50 miles to the west, would mean missing out. From magnificent modern and historic architecture to stunning art museums, and a bustling inner city, combined with a stunning Botanic Garden, there is much to do, and you might even come back for another day.

Pro Tip: When in Glasgow, eat. There is a deep-rooted culinary heritage here, and the food is good.

2. Falkirk Wheel And The Kelpies

Explore An Engineering Marvel

The Falkirk Wheel, 25 miles from Edinburgh, is an engineering marvel that you don’t have to be an engineer to appreciate. In a way, it is a Ferris wheel for canal boats, as this moveable bridge allows the connection between two canals, which previously took 11 locks and an entire day to maneuver. Now the boats get carried, while still in the water, up and down in a gigantic wheel, and you can also go on a ride while there.

Pro Tip: The Kelpies, the world’s largest horse sculpture, are just around the corner of the Falkirk Wheel and are a stunning representation of the mythical beasts.

3. Rosslyn Chapel

An Ancient Chapel And Film Star

This 15th-century chapel, a mere 7.5 miles south of Edinburgh, is a little stunner. The stone carvings are exquisite, and each corner is so well decorated that you can barely see it all in one visit. Your timed visiting slot includes a talk held by a local historian, explaining some of the more intriguing details, such as the Apprentice Pillar. Talking about intrigue, this is the chapel that reportedly holds a Knights Templar secret buried underneath it, a legend that Dan Brown milked for his The Da Vinci Code book, and subsequent film. Have you not read the book? You can get a copy in the gift shop.

Pro Tip: The small café within the visitor’s center has some seriously good English scones, served with clotted cream and jam. Take your time to sample them.

4. St Andrews

Fancy Some Golf?

St Andrews lies some 50 miles northeast of Edinburgh on the coast and makes for a fabulous day out. It is a beautiful old city in a stunning coastal setting, with an ancient university, which both Prince William, heir to the British throne, and his wife Katherine attended. Then there is what the city is probably best known for: Plenty of famous golf courses. Stroll around the old town, take in a bracing coastal walk, and then, maybe end with a round of golf for a perfect day.

Pro Tip: You will be crossing the Firth of Fife across the gorgeous Forth Road Bridge, and while you are crossing, you get excellent views of the original Forth Bridge, the old railway bridge.

5. Loch Lomond

Great Britain’s Largest Lake

Considered the border between the Scottish Lowlands and the Highlands, Loch Lomond, part of the Loch Lomond and The Trossachs National Park, is the closest you get to the magic of the Highland lochs, the so typical lakes and fjords of Scotland, from Edinburgh. Less than 80 miles from the capital, via Glasgow, you can be enchanted by the rugged nature, the serene setting dotted with stone cottage villages, and the abundance of deer and wildlife within an easy drive.

Pro Tip: Make the most of the scenery by walking the Luss Heritage Trail, an easy and comfortable walk, that nevertheless takes in some stunning natural settings.

6. Linlithgow

A Royal Castle

A mere 20 miles west of Edinburgh, on the way to Glasgow, you can stop off to not only walk around a time-stood-still old town set on Linlithgow Loch but also explore the remains of a historic castle. This 15th-century castle was the birthplace of Mary Queen of Scots, who was born there in 1542 and became queen at age six. Not years, but days! For petrol heads, there is a plaque on the High Street pointing to the location where Scotland’s first gas pump was installed.

Pro Tip: To allow you to connect the dots, head to the Union Canal, which is one of the canals connected by the Falkirk Wheel. A pleasant walk along the canal between Linlithgow and Falkirk is around nine miles long.

7. Cairngorms National Park

For Nature Galore

This, together with Loch Lomond, is the furthest away day trip I am suggesting here, around 77 miles from Edinburgh, roughly a one to two-hour drive. But the Cairngorms National Park is worth it, being not only the UK’s largest national park but also offering an impressive collection of high mountains, with five of Britain’s highest mountains in attendance, combined with dense forest and some 60 lochs. A very varied terrain, here you can spot birds such as the golden eagle, osprey, and the rare Scottish Crossbill, as well as mammals such as the Scottish wildcat, red squirrels, and pine martens.

Pro Tip: There are countless marked hikes across the national park, but to get the benefit of a local, why not opt for a guided nature walk to know what to look out for?

8. Cramond Island

Walk On Water

Less than six miles from Edinburgh’s center, Cramond Island is one of several tidal islands in the Firth of Forth, but the only one connected by a causeway to the mainland. The uninhabited island has long been a base for all sorts of historic events, from being a prehistoric burial site to a Roman outpost once upon a time, as well as a WWII lookout spot. 

While there are no facilities on the island, it is nevertheless worthwhile walking across at low tide, with the walk taking you around 15 to 20 minutes. The views from the water across the Forth, the surrounding countryside, and the tidal barriers themselves lined up like obelisks along the path, are worth braving the elements. Just look out for the tidal calendar, you don’t want to get caught out and get stuck on the island for six hours.

Pro Tip: The village of Cramond lies just on the mainland, offering pubs, cafés, and all sorts of conveniences you might need before and after exploring this rugged island.

9. Dean Village

A Riverside Walk Away

Another village, and for this one you don’t even need to hop into the car to reach it from Edinburgh. Within the city limits of Edinburgh, the picturesque Dean Village, with its imposing architecture and hills, earning it the name mini-Edinburgh, lies along the banks of the Water of Leith, Edinburgh’s local river. Looking like it is right in the countryside, the bucolic setting is indeed a mere 30-minute walk from the center of Edinburgh, and part of the long path of the Water of Leith Walkway, which runs for 12.25 miles either way of the capital.

Pro Tip: A little further on from Dean Village you’ll find the Scottish National Gallery of Modern Art, set on beautiful grounds.

As the former capital of the Austrian-Hungarian Empire (1867–1918) — and now the capital of modern Austria — Vienna has not lost any of the luster, architecture, or cuisine meant for royalty. Although not as popular as Prague, Budapest, and Zagreb, which were also within the empire, prior to 2020 Vienna attracted over 34 million international visitors who arrived via planes, trains, and automobiles. 

Beethoven, Freud, and Gustav Klimt are some of the hometown heroes whose presence can still be felt and, in some cases, seen on the buildings that carry on their legacies. As Austria moves forward with tourism campaigns to highlight lesser-known destinations such as Salzburg, Linz, and Graz, it is essential to start in the capital city as an introduction to all that the country has to offer. 

Since Vienna is a highly walkable city with a great metro rail system (U-Bahn), you may want to put on a comfortable pair of walking shoes, buy a Vienna Pass at any train station, and get a map from any tourism office in town.

Below are some of my favorite unique neighborhoods in Vienna, as well as suggestions on what to see and do while there.

1. Inner Stadt (1^st District)

All trips to Vienna truly begin with a visit to the Innere Stadt (Historic Area). Go over to the State Opera House (Staatsoper) for a 40-minute guided tour (€7 at the time of this writing). For opera fans, tickets to performances start around €65, but you have to be flexible on your availability and seating.

The Café Sacher Eck Wien is a good place to get a coffee and get going on exploring the historic district. What put this place on my list are its famous Sacher cakes and sweets. 

Walk to the corner of Operngasse and Hanuschgasse for a Vienna sausage or pose for photos in front of the Albertina, which was a former Habsburg palace and is now used to display art. From here, you are only a few steps away from the palace garden (Burggarten) and palace (Hofburg Wien).

Go toward the Danube to visit both Hohermarkt and Judenplatz (Stephansplatz U-Bahn Station), which was the center of the Jewish ghetto from the 13^th to 15^th centuries. From here, you can visit the Museum Judenplatz and Mittalalterliche Synagogue.

Hidden History: Hohermarkt (Stephansplatz U-Bahn Station) was once the site of a public gallows. The area was originally settled by the Roman Empire. According to historians, this is also where Marcus Aurelius died from the plague.

2. Leopoldstadt (2^nd District)

The picturesque Second District is bordered by the Danube River on one side and Park Prater on the other. Depending on your preferences, you can stroll along the river or go to the amusement park areas of Prater, which have a number of entertainment options, including Wiener Riesenrad (the Ferris wheel).

If you are looking for a more vigorous activity, you can rent a bike to explore Vienna’s 200 miles of bike paths. Most are identifiable by a yellow image of a cyclist on the pavement or images constructed from rows of red bricks in cobblestone or concrete. Some of the most popular paths are in or near Leopoldstadt. 

A visit to the Chocolate Museum is worth the time if you have a sweet tooth. You can also learn about the darker parts of Vienna’s past by stopping at the Crime Museum Vienna. 

My personal and always enjoyable favorite activity is a visit to the Schweizerhaus (Swiss House) beer garden in the center of Prater, which is open from mid-March to the end of October.

Foodie Alert: Near Leopoldstadt is the Griechenbeisel Restaurant (Schwedenplatz U-Bahn), which has been serving generations of Greeks since 1450. Various luminaries such as Mozart, Twain, Pavarotti, and Johnny Cash have eaten here. Highly recommended is the Stelze Roast Pig Leg with cabbage.

3. Wieden (4^th District)

Follow the popular Kärntner Straße until it changes into Wiedner-Hauptstrasse, which is the main artery of the 4^th District. Galleries, bookstores, and local designers are the types of stores and people you will come across in Wieden. Start your exploration at the baroque church of Karlskirche and the adjacent Karlspltz Square, which attracts students from the University of Technology. 

Forming the border of this district is Belvedere Palace, which was once the summer residence of Prince Eugene of Savoy. After a brief break, go to the adjacent Botanical Gardens to explore and see the hundreds of exotic plants. 

After you are done, go to one of the many Austrian bars for cocktails or national beers.

Pro Tip: If you are a craft beer lover, then try an Ottakringer, one of the most popular regional beers. It’s on tap at almost every establishment. 

4. Mariahilf (6^th District)

Every foodie traveler finds themselves at Naschmarkt, which features a number of food stalls between Rechte Wienzeile (Right Street) and Linke Wienzeile (Left Street). If you are looking for inexpensive meals, then you have come to the right place. Trendy Mariahilf is lined with beisls (small eateries), Viennese coffee houses, pubs, and shops. Return in the evening to experience Viennese nightlife.

Art, music, and architecture lovers should stop at the Art Nouveau Otto Wagner Haus or visit some of his structures (for example, Majolikahaus). Visit the Secession Building (Secessionsgebaude) where artist Gustav Klimt led a separatist movement and where some of his major works are displayed. Make time to stop at the home of composer Franz Haydn, who lived at Haydnhaus from 1797 to 1809. 

Before leaving the area, take a stroll past Akademie der Bildenden Künste (Fine Arts Academy) (Karlsplatz U-Bahn Station). It was at this school that a young artistic Adolf Hitler was denied entry — twice.

Hidden History: Anti-Aircraft Flak (Flaktrum) Towers (five) were placed around Vienna to defend the city from enemy fire during World War II. You will find two within the Mariahilf District. One is located in Stiftgasse (the closest U-Bahn is Neubaugasse Station) and the other in Esterházy Park (U-Bahn Neubaugasse).

5. Neubau (7^th District)

Starting at the performing arts theater of Volkstheater and buttressed by MuseumsQuartier, the up-and-coming Burggasse begins with cafes, small craft stores, pubs, and restaurants all the way to Halbgasse. 

The street is fairly popular, and you will find a mix of people and age groups congregating at various points along the way. Neustiftgasse and Lerchenfelder StraBe offer a similar mix along with a number of musical venues with contemporary entertainment and live music. No matter which street you gravitate to, don’t neglect the side streets and connecting alleys. Hermangasse and Neubaugasse are two examples of streets that could go overlooked but offer a lot. 

Kaiserstraße in the Schottenfeld neighborhood within the 7^th District is another personal favorite due to the number of small restaurants and neighborhood bars along the street. This is ideal if you like smaller, more intimate locales that allow for making new friends. 

Foodie Alert: A personal favorite is Ulrich. I discovered this small restaurant while waiting out a brief storm. My time there was so enjoyable that I stayed after the rain and decided to have dinner there. The Ulrich Burger with the option to add bacon was delicious! 

If you are in the mood for dessert, one block away is Vienna’s first vegan ice cream shop. Veganista was a spur-of-the-moment try, but it was worth the time. It was opened by sisters Susanna and Cecilia, who work with natural ingredients. 

Vienna has a lot to offer, so once you become acclimated to the environment, hire a local guide to show you the hidden aspects of the city. If you have time, visit the surrounding areas such as Niederösterreich (Lower Austria). The region has fortresses and castles. You will also find a few vineyards. 

If you happen to be in the region during the early summer months, you will witness the Night Concerts in Schönbrunn. The Bregenz Festival brings in international guests and is another fun event that attracts travelers from throughout Europe. 

Regardless of how you go about spending your time in Vienna, don’t spend all of your time in the historic district. Yes, there is a lot to see there, but exploring the city allows for a more modern look at the culture and the Austrian people.

The railway La Petite Ceinture, or Little Belt, was the brainchild of Napoleon III and Baron Haussmann, who together razed much of France’s capital to the ground creating what is now quintessentially Paris with its grand boulevards, butter-hued buildings, trees, and open spaces.

The idea was not only to have a means of carrying goods all around Paris without having to cross the busy city, but also to connect the outlying suburbs with central Paris’ grand railway stations.

In December 1851, upon Napoleon III taking office, the first section of this intramural rail track circling Paris was granted. At its peak, in its 1.5-hour-long circumnavigation of the city, the Petite Ceinture carried up to 90,000 passengers a day in six scheduled trains per hour, and tonnes of goods around and into Paris.

Alas, it was the metro, the first station of which was opened in 1900, that gave the Petite Ceinture the kiss of death. Soon most abandoned stretches started being reclaimed by nature, while a few cargo lines still continued on into the 1980s before being given up on.

Over the last few decades though, the old lines have been slowly rediscovered as vital green spaces, and many stretches are open to the public as walkways, making for a great addition to the more unusual sights in Paris. Of the originally 29 stations 17 remain, and a handful have been reimagined as cafes, restaurants, and music spaces.

When I lived in Paris, I walked the entire perimeter, roughly 20 miles, of the Petite Ceinture, discovering this old railway and stopping along the way at the various restaurants. Here are my favorites, as usual, in no particular order.

1. La REcyclerie

As you step out of the metro at Porte de Clignancourt, you look straight up at the gigantic Red Heart, an installation by Portuguese artist Joana Vasconcelos, a sparkling reminder of the cliché of eternal romance in Paris. On your left, you will see what was clearly a former railway station, very unromantically right next to a KFC.

La REcyclerie is one of the earliest reinventions of former Petite Ceinture stations, made, as the name suggests, mostly recycled bits and pieces. Inside, your eye is drawn not only to the enormous windows looking out across the railway tracks, but also to the right, where empty window and door frames make for superb wall decorations.

The seating is a mix of tables and chairs, as is the crockery, as recycled things tend to be. If the weather is good, head outside and try and get a seat by the limited outdoor spaces, which hem the tracks and extend into the restaurant’s own veggie plot complete with beehives further down.

This is a place to eat and drink, with coffee, beer and wine, sandwiches, cakes and plates of risotto, pasta, and a lot of vegetarian meals. Not fine dining, but great fun and a very quirky setting, and perfect for lunch or afternoon drinks outside.

Pro Tip: Cross the main junction and keep walking and you’ll get to the famous Puces de Saint Ouen flea markets.

2. ANDIA

Formerly the La Gare restaurant whose name is still emblazoned on the old building, this space is now occupied by the Latin American ANDIA. And it has a surprise in store. The pretty little station house simply does not look big enough for a restaurant, but step inside, and you head down to what formerly were the tracks and platforms, now making for a huge dining space under the high roof decorated with great light fittings. The venue is often used for large private bashes such as weddings because the space is perfect for larger groups. That said, you can find a cozy corner for your meal without problems.

The menu spans Latin America, from tacos and ceviche to fish, beef, and staples such as burgers — with guacamole, of course. A must-try, in my book, is the tuna & truffle ceviche, so good! Or, you could just sit by the window of the bar upstairs with a cocktail, and some snacks, popping out on the hour every hour, to catch the Eiffel Tower doing its twinkling thing just down the road, and easily seen from the entrance.

Pro Tip: If you happen to have lunch here, afterward, you can walk along a stretch of the Petite Ceinture starting right behind the restaurant (although the entrance is roughly 150 yards further on), through an enchanted forest, all the way to the next station, which has been turned into the Brasserie Auteuil, see next.

3. Auteuil Brasserie

This sprawling former railway station is a fabulous place to meet friends, sit outside in summer, dance the night away on the roof terrace, or enjoy the cozy interior, the mostly Italian food, and the extensive cocktail menu. Auteuil Brasserie is not a typical brasserie, being a jack-of-all-trades, from a great terrace in the summer looking out across the bustling square in the 16^th arrondissement, to its modern restaurant inside, with some lovely interior design notes, such as the leopard wallpaper in the bathrooms, and a hopping roof terrace in all seasons.

In winter, in addition to all the above, it turns itself into a ski chalet complete with snow, polar bear, and ski décor. In summer, try the burrata, between seasons you cannot beat the mushroom pasta with truffle, or the Auteuil pizza, and in winter opt for all the above, just with a glass of vin chaud in attendance.

Pro Tip: From here you have easy access to the Bois de Boulogne, the vast forest with several lakes and ponds, and great walkways. Cross the main boulevard and head past the horse racecourse via the Route d’Auteuil aux lacs to Lac Superior and Lac Inferieur, one of my favorite European lakes; by the way, the names imply upper and lower lakes, not better and less so.

4. Poincon

This gorgeous re-invention is one of the latest and one of the prettiest. And one of the furthest away from the center, but I will give you a few good reasons to head down to this spot. In the south of Paris, around Porte d’Orleans, is the station which is now home to Poincon, another multi-faceted venue.

The restaurant is in the open space that used to be the entrance to the station, complete with a mezzanine floor, and is lit through the enormous, floor-to-ceiling rounded windows. You come here for lunch (Wednesdays to Saturdays only), with a small set menu at a great price, or dinner, which takes the shape of sharing platters, little snacks, and bites to be nibbled with some drinks. But what you really come for is the Sunday Jazz Brunch. For 35 euros, you get a selection of breakfast plates, juices, hot drinks, and a lot of live music.

The atmosphere is great, and the setting is even better. There is a little history of the building and before and after pictures at the entrance, showing you just how well they have done to make this venue so nice after some 74 years of being abandoned.

Pro Tip: Poincon lies between Porte de Vanves, with its great weekend flea market along and around Avenue Marc Sangnier, a wonderful market with all sorts of treasures, and Parc Montsouris, one of my favorite parks in Paris. You can easily walk between the three venues, or hop onto the tram for a couple of stops. Did you even know that there are trams in Paris? And they pretty much follow in parallel to the Petite Ceinture as a more modern version. Normal metro tickets work with the trams.

5. Le Hasard Ludique

In the north of Paris, near the metro stop of Porte de Saint-Ouen, one stop anti-clockwise from La REcyclerie’s Petite Ceinture station, lies Le Hasard Ludique, a very different concept from Poincon, if also a brunch hotspot. A great place to grab some good food, just not necessarily in a fine dining setting. Instead, this mix of café, restaurant, and music venue, offers a hip, young vibe and is absolutely bursting at the weekend for Le Brunch and in the evening for light meals, drinks, and some live music.

Set in one of the smallest station buildings of the lot, the venue also uses the stairs down to the platforms, which offer additional space. And it is in this space that in December, a little Christmas market takes place. On the platforms of the former Petite Ceinture, making for quite a unique setting. The market is more alternative than traditional, more local arts and crafts than mass-produced, but, if you find yourself nearby around Christmas time, it’s worth stopping at.

Pro Tip: A brief walk away lies the romantic, and utterly hidden away Cité des Fleurs, a must-visit spot for a dreamy stroll while looking at some wonderful Parisian real estate that even comes complete with gardens. Right there in Paris!

Related Reading:

• 7 Reasons To Visit The World’s Oldest Department Store In One Of Europe’s Most Fashionable Cities
• 7 Unique Walking Tours Not To Miss In Paris
• 8 Fascinating Places To Visit In Paris For WWII History Buffs

I spend a lot of time traveling around Scotland and I never tire of the incredible views, but sometimes it’s how you travel that’s important. For many reasons, train travel is a great way to travel around this rugged and beautiful country. Apart from the environmental benefits of train travel versus other modes of travel like cars and air travel, traveling by train creates a more relaxing journey and a brilliant way to see some of the scenery as you make your way from A to B.

Quiet coastlines, dramatic mountains and castles, and still and calm lochs all glide past your window as you sit back and breathe in these stunning landscapes. I’ve taken most of these train rides myself, though The Royal Scotsman is still on my must-do list! Here are eight scenic train rides with the most stunning views in Scotland.

1. Royal Scotsman

Various Routes Across Scotland

Between 2 And 7 Days

I’m starting with a train journey that’s as much about the train itself as it is about the scenery and the journey. Royal Scotsman train tours are operated by Belmond, who operate luxury train vacations around the world. This is much more than just a train ride — it’s a luxury hotel on rails. If you want to get a taste of traditional Scotland while riding through some breathtaking Scottish scenery, this is a great way to do it.

The Royal Scotsman’s 10 carriages feature double en-suite rooms, a regal-looking dining car, an observation car, and two spa rooms. All train tours on The Royal Scotsman depart from Edinburgh Waverley station and travel to various locations including Ben Nevis, Loch Lomond, and The Isle of Bute. Enjoy Scottish cuisine and taste a few whiskies while the countryside rolls by. You can choose from two all the way up to seven-day train journeys on this incredible luxury train.

2. The West Highland Line

Glasgow To Mallaig

5.5 Hours

I’m a lot more familiar with the east side of Scotland than I am with the west, but this train journey through the West Highlands shows that this side of the country has some truly stunning scenery and though very different to the east side, is equally beautiful. Often said to be one of the most visually incredible train journeys in the world, The West Highland Line begins at Glasgow and travels through Loch Lomond and The Trossachs National Park and on to Fort William.

It’s a beautiful ride, showing you parts of the landscape you can’t see in any other way. This unique perspective on the land and its features, like castles and coastlines, makes this a must for train lovers and anyone who loves a great view.

3. The Far North Line

Inverness To Dunrobin Castle

4 Hours

The Far North Line is Britain’s most rural railway, which won’t surprise anyone who knows the north of Scotland even a little. If you like your landscapes rugged, wild, and remote, this is the train ride for you. Beginning at Inverness, the journey takes you through peatland and Flow Country, which is a wetland blanket bog and an important environmental area. It’s incredible to see, but it’s not somewhere you’d go walking, so seeing it from the train is a real privilege. You can spot castles along the way and stop off for some whisky tasting at one of the distilleries in this area.

4. The Kyle Line

Inverness To Kyle Of Lochalsh

2.5 Hours

If you like views of rugged and majestic mountains, this train ride is perfect. The Kyle Line offers views of The Torridon Peaks and other imposing mountains that create a backdrop to the quiet lochs and the sleepy villages that dot the landscape. It’s a largely untouched area, and though you’ll pass beautiful sandy beaches on this coastline, you won’t see many people out on them.

It often feels like you’ve entered another world, and if you opt to take one of the steam trains that use this line, organized by one of the heritage train companies, you’ll really feel like you’ve stepped back in time. At the end of the line you reach the village of Kyle of Lochalsh, the gateway to The Isle of Skye, which you can travel onto from here.

5. Strathspey Steam Railway

Aviemore To Broomhill

1.5 Hours

The Strathspey Steam Railway is a short train ride, but it’s more of an event in itself than simply a train journey. For a start, you have the steam element. Traveling on a steam train has a certain kind of nostalgia about it and it’s a special way to enjoy the views in this part of the country. Sometimes you’re allowed up to the footplate at stops, which the train makes so travelers can enjoy the views and take photos.

Many people hop off at stops to explore a little, but it’s so nice on the train many opt to view from the viewing areas and windows. You’ll pass by the Cairngorm Mountains and the River Spey, and “Osprey Village,” an RSPB nature reserve where you can do a little bird spotting. Depending on when you travel, Sunday lunch and afternoon tea are served onboard the train.

6. ScotRail Commuter Line

Edinburgh To Inverness

4 Hours

Unlike the other train journeys on this list, this one is a commuter line, a train ride taken by ordinary people going about their daily lives rather than a train ride for leisure, but it’s still a strikingly beautiful journey. Beginning in Edinburgh, the line hugs the east coast, where you can sit back and enjoy the views of the sea and the small untouched beaches.

But before that, on leaving Edinburgh, passengers get to marvel at the beauty and the engineering of the red Forth Bridge, built in 1889. If you like bridges, this is a treat. From the pretty east coast stretch of the line, the train takes you through Perthshire and The Cairngorms National Park, with views of the parkland you can’t gain any other way. The line ends in Inverness, near Loch Ness, where you can explore the historic city and the loch.

7. The Borders Line

Edinburgh To Tweedbank

1 Hour

The highlands of Scotland are very impressive, there’s no doubt, but the borderlands also have their charms and don’t get as much love as they perhaps should. This train ride is a great way to explore this area of Scotland and a great introduction to the borderlands.

It’s a short train ride, but even before you’ve left Edinburgh you’ll get to view attractions like Arthur’s Seat, a grassy hill loved by hikers that covers an extinct volcano. From here you’ll travel through Midlothian and then the small villages, farmlands, lochs, and hills of the Borders. The line ends at Tweedbank. There’s a lot to explore in the village of Tweedbank, including Abbotsford House, the former home of Sir Walter Scott.

8. The Bo’ness And Kinneil Railway

Bo’ness Return Journey

1 Hour

This one is for railway lovers and is perfect for taking the grandkids to, but it’s equally fascinating for anyone with just a passing interest in the railways. The Bo’ness and Kinneil Railway journey is best taken as part of a wider railway-themed day out. The Museum of Scottish Railways is located at the beginning of this ride, and as you might expect for a rail enthusiasts attraction, you can take this journey by steam train.

The railway line goes through some beautiful scenery, but most people take this journey for the experience of the steam train. There are added attractions like a day with Thomas the Tank Engine for children, afternoon tea onboard, or a murder mystery train ride for adults.

Pro Tip

Always book your tickets in advance. Train journeys in the UK are fun, but can be expensive if you buy your tickets on the day of travel. Always check your train is running and on time before you travel. If a train is canceled or late you can waste time waiting at the station.

Related Reading:

• 6 Tips For Taking The Train From London To Amsterdam
• Europe Is Getting Some Fantastic New Sleeper Trains, Plus 11 Others Not To Miss
• 9 Essential Tips For Train Travel In Europe

Ask any Italian when he or she leaves a tip and you’ll inevitably receive the same answer: “Quasi mai” (“almost never”). As a rule, Italy is similar to other European countries: You generally aren’t expected to leave a tip unless you’ve received a special service. In fact, it is actually illegal to ask for a tip in Italy.

One of my American friends who has lived in Italy since 1998 lamented that Americans tend to tip too much. “They make it so the Italians don’t want to serve anyone but Americans.” Two of my Italian friends also complained, saying, “The problem is when employers think their employees are getting tipped, they lower their salary.”

These days, I tend to leave a little something wherever I go, considering that the COVID lockdowns forced 45,000 bars and restaurants to permanently shut down, and now many places are struggling with excessively high energy costs. 

Here are a few rules of thumb to consider when tipping in Italy.

1. Tip Only In Cash

Unlike in the United States, you cannot add a tip to your bill when paying with a credit or bank card. You need to be ready to leave any tip in cash. You can leave your tip at the cash register when you are paying the bill, on the restaurant table under your glass or coffee cup, or inside the bill holder. It is always best not to leave any money too visible and not to leave the full amount for the meal on the table, especially at a busy or outdoor restaurant.

2. Restaurant Bill Charges

Restaurants are where most Italians leave a nominal tip, especially when dining in large numbers. Typically, they round up the bill to the nearest €10. For example, if the bill comes to €77, you could leave €80. This nominal tip (by American standards) is because the tip is usually included in the bill, along with a few other charges that you may not be familiar with.

Coperto (Cover Charge)

The coperto should be clearly stated on the menu and ranges from €1–€3 per person. Take note that the coperto is not a tip, instead it “covers” the restaurant’s cost for anything you see on the table, like the tablecloth, napkins, plates, utensils, salt, and olive oil. However, in Rome and many regions such as Lombardy, this fee has been outlawed, along with the pane fee below.

Pane (Bread)

If you do not see a service charge for a coperto, you are likely to see one for pane, which is the service charge for bread. This will usually be €1–€2. Even if you don’t eat bread or are allergic to gluten and simply can’t eat it, do not try to refuse this fee as it is considered rude to do so.

Servizio (Service Charge)

The servizio charge on your bill usually runs 15–20 percent and it’s where the tip fee is included. If the servizio is included, you’re already tipping, so there is no need to leave any extra money, unless you have received special attention. Restaurants are obliged to indicate the servizio cost on the menu.

3. How Much To Tip In A Restaurant

If you’ve had a delicious and enjoyable meal with an attentive and friendly waiter, then by all means, leave a small tip. As I said earlier, Italians typically round up the final bill to the nearest €10. If the service was below par and the meal was just okay, then don’t feel obliged to leave any tip. It’s really up to you and your own personal experience.

Pro Tip: Beware! Do not push money into a waiter’s hand or slip money into a waitress’s pocket! These acts are considered embarrassingly rude! Just leave the cash on the table (under a glass or coffee cup, or in the bill holder). Or you can leave the cash tip at the register when paying the final bill.

4. How Much To Tip At A Bar

Tipping at a bar depends on if you’re standing or sitting. If you have your drink while standing at the bar, you are not charged a service fee. But if you sit down and drink something, then you are, and the tip is automatically included. The rules for leaving a tip are the same as you would at a restaurant… rounding up to the nearest €1 for great service.

Many bars and cafés have tip jars near the register where you can leave €0.10–€0.50. These tips are shared amongst all the workers. I asked my local barista how much he typically earns a day in tips. He said, after splitting the coins in the tip jar with his coworkers, he was lucky to bring home €1.

A Jar For Caffè Sospeso

You might also see a jar at the bar marked “caffè sospeso,” which means “suspended coffee.” When you order a caffè sospeso, you buy two coffees but only receive one. The other is for a person who might come into the bar and need a free coffee. This tradition started in Naples in the early 1910s. Sometimes you can leave a “tip” here as well.

5. How Much To Tip Your Taxi Driver

While leaving a small tip at a restaurant or bar is not that unusual in Italy, tipping your taxi driver isn’t so common. While you aren’t expected to tip your driver, it’s always a good idea to agree with the driver on the cost before beginning your journey. If the driver helps you with your bag(s), you should consider giving a tip of €1 per bag.

If you want to pay for your ride with a credit card, be sure to ask the cab driver if they accept credit. Some do, some don’t, and some will tell you they don’t and then pull their credit card machine out of their glove compartment if you tell them you don’t have cash.

Pro Tip: Make sure you look for the taxi stand when you need a ride. Taxi drivers aren’t supposed to pick you up if you hail them down, and you will likely pay more if you hail a cab versus grabbing one at the taxi stand. 

Also note that while Uber does operate in bigger cities like Rome and Milan, it is not available everywhere. Only Uber Black is available, which means higher prices than a normal taxi. Lyft does not operate in Italy.

6. Tipping At Your Hotel

Like everywhere else in Italy, tipping your hotel concierge is appreciated, but not required. Tips are absolutely not expected at rented apartments and guesthouses, although tips are appreciated at bed and breakfasts. Here are some general tips for tipping at a hotel in Italy:

• Tip a porter who carries your luggage €1 per bag.
• Tip the concierge or bed and breakfast owner when they have assisted you during your stay. For example, they might book tickets for you or recommend restaurants or a tour guide. Also leave a tip if you happen to leave your bags at the hotel after checking out of your room. Tip between €5 and €10, depending on the assistance provided.
• Tip the cleaning staff €2 per day as a sign of appreciation. For longer stays, you might want to leave the tip more regularly rather than the total amount at the end of your stay.

While staying at a major hotel near the Rome airport, my American friends gave their hotel waiter a €5 tip after he left them abundant snacks alongside their aperitivo. A year later, they were back at the same hotel enjoying the afternoon happy hour when the white wine ran out. When they asked for a glass, the same waiter ran back into the kitchen and returned with a whole bottle of wine and extra food. “Do you remember me?” he asked. “I remember you!” Afterwards, my friends couldn’t resist leaving an even more generous tip of €10.

7. How Much To Tip Your Hairdresser, Barber, Or Masseuse

Tipping your hairdresser, barber, or masseuse is similar to tipping your restaurant waiter: It’s not obligatory. The service fee is included in the bill, but if your experience is special, you can leave €2–€5, depending on the overall cost. If tips are encouraged, there is usually a tip jar near the register.

8. How Much To Tip Your Tour Guide

Like waiters, tour guides aren’t expecting you to tip, but if you’ve really enjoyed the tour, then consider giving the guide €5 for a half-day tour and €10 for a full-day tour. Keep in mind that guides working for a company are frequently paid only a minimal hourly wage; while a licensed, independent guide receives your full tour fee.

You might also like to offer a tip of €5–€10 to volunteer guides who offer free tours.

However, keep in mind that, like at a restaurant, the tip you leave depends on your satisfaction with the experience and the service you received. For instance, if the guide shows you around a city all day, while also telling you the best places to eat, definitely consider offering a tip.

Bonus: Sometimes Tipping In Italy Works Backwards!

This might seem strange to Americans, but sometimes the person offering the service tips the customer! I have often had my restaurant bill rounded down to the nearest €10 by the owner, especially after exchanging a little chat about the area or business. These few euros are a way of building goodwill between the owner and customer. Other times, my husband and I have been offered a free coffee or liquor. It’s amazing how little it takes to make someone happy!

Italians have a talent for presentation and service, helping you feel at home and, at the same time, like a queen or king. While tipping rules are not so clearly defined, they allow for the human touch wherever you go. It’s also a great opportunity to connect with the locals in a positive way.

If you’re thinking about a trip to Italy, check out these articles:

• 10 Incredible Hidden Gems Not To Miss In Italy
• 17 Adorable Towns To Visit In Italy In 2023
• 7 Best Experiences In Italy, According To A Third-Generation Tour Operator

One of the most beautiful lakes in Europe, neigh, on the planet, Lake Como is a popular tourist destination in northern Italy known for its stunning natural beauty, historic towns, and luxurious villas. Here are some luxurious Lake Como villas with breathtaking views that you can rent on your getaway.

Villa Torno | $2,573.45/night avg

How about this rock quarry swimming pool at Villa Torno? Visit between April and October to take advantage of it. This restored rustic stone house offers spectacular views of the lake basin overlooking Torno, one of the most picturesque villages on Lake Como. This peaceful oasis lies just a few miles from Como and less than 10 miles from Bellagio.

Dreaming of Torno – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (20 Reviews)

• Property Type: Villa
• Maximum Occupancy: 6 Guests
• Bedrooms: 4
• Bathrooms: 5

Top guest reviews

• Rained a good part of stay – still the location inspired and the house was perfect for family time cooking and games by the fire. Relaxing and beautiful.
• We stayed at Villa Torno for three days in September and it was just magical. The property is situated up a hill which provides gorgeous views of the lake and many outdoor seating areas to take advantage of the vistas. The home has been lovingly restored and is tastefully appointed. The host was very accommodating and helpful with all our questions and needs. The new pool was very welcome after mornings of sightseeing, as was the sauna. We would highly recommend this property and would stay here again if we have the opportunity to return to Lake Como.
• You know you love a place when you’ve just gotten familiar with it, and then you can’t believe it’s time to go…. Situated between Como and Bellagio, Villa Torno is an ideal location to visit, neighboring all the must-sees, while maintaining the comfort of your own private retreat. But to enjoy this home’s old-world charm of ancient Italy, its tasteful decor, and modern conveniences, you must be prepared for a few door entry ducks for those taller than 6-foot and a daily dose of steep inclines and rocky terrain. And if you’re up for that, you’ll be rewarded with one of the most beautiful views on Lake Como! Both the property owner and property manager were responsive and helpful in every sense throughout our visit. And if you’re a hiker or an active outdoor type, there’s a small village at the top of the mountain, Montepiatto, 614 meters above the lake. Have a beer in the garden at Crotto that makes the traverse back down all the more gratifying, but only second to a refreshing plunge in the grotto stone pool that awaits you!
• Absolutely amazing – great place for 4 couples max – walk up hill is tough but the reward is well worth it!!! Don’t think just book it –
• What an incredibly beautiful and thoughtfully designed home! It is more spectacular than the photos can capture. Perfectly situated for privacy with exquisite views everywhere you look, this home is a dream. We could not have asked for more. Both Erika and Jenny were quick in responding to any questions we had and were very helpful in recommending restaurants and a guide for our private boat tour around Lake Como. Our only complaint was that we couldn’t stay longer! Thank you, Erika, for sharing your very special home with us. We will be back!! Rebecca, Mark, Monika and Bob.

View Deal on VRBO from $2,573.45

Villa Marena, Bellagio | $750.59/night avg

Surrounded by greenery, Villa Marena features a large private garden, a grill, a ping pong table, and a terrace with beautiful lake views. A welcome basket full of treats like wine, bread, and butter greets guests. Eat by the wood-burning fireplace in the dining room while taking in beautiful views of Lake Como.

This kid-friendly vacation rental has an indoor play area with high chairs and baby baths available upon request. Home to shops and lively clubs, Bellagio’s historic center of Borgo is just over a mile away, while the lake and beaches are mere steps from this villa.

Dreaming of bellagio – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (10 Reviews)

• Property Type: Villa
• Maximum Occupancy: 8 Guests
• Bedrooms: 4
• Bathrooms: 3

Top guest reviews

• This review is long overdue…we stayed in July 2022. Beautiful spot, lovely villa, on relaxing grounds that make you want to spend every minute outside. Lots of homemade dinners cooked with ingredients from the local market (about a mile away) and enjoyed on the terrace overlooking the lake. The only thing we missed was being able to watch Wimbledon on the TV in the family room. The owners were helpful, friendly, and warm. We loved our time here!
• Thoroughly enjoyed this charming home with amazing views of Lake Como. Close to Bellagio Centro and we felt immersed in the Italian community and culture. Home definitely had old world charm. Our favorite place to gather was on the deck with a 180° view of Lake Como and on a different patio with a fire pit Francesca’s mom and dad were so kind and helpful and live close by on a separate property on the grounds. Highly recommend!!
• We were very happy with the home. It met all of our needs and had fabulous views. It is a very well kept home with extra touches to make you very welcomed. The views were fabulous of the lake.
• The view from the terrace is amazing. Everything was wonderful. Add a tour with comolagobike.com. They deliver your ebikes fully charged and show you all the great places.
• We had an absolutely wonderful vacation at Francesca’s lovely home. Ricardo was nearby and stopped in frequently to see if we needed anything, and to chat about the area. The home is clean and spacious, and amenities plentiful. Let ved our stay!

View Deal on VRBO from $750.59

Villa Melody, San Siro | $546.86/night avg

Villa Melody is a lovely lakefront retreat in San Siro. It features a fireplace, a lake-view terrace, and a private lakefront garden. Go all out and hire a private chef, or grill up your own dinners. Those with mobility issues may want to avoid this Lake Como rental, as there are 86 steps outside and 12 steps inside. Well-behaved dogs are welcome to join you here. Offering authentic cafés, Italian restaurants, and boutique shops, the picturesque resort town of Menaggio can be reached in 6 minutes by car.

Dreaming of San Siro – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (8 Reviews)

• Property Type: Villa
• Maximum Occupancy: 6 Guests
• Bedrooms: 3
• Bathrooms: 2

Top guest reviews

• The villa was immaculate and the most incredible location. It was well supplied and we were given plenty of great recommendations for our stay.
• This property is amazing and deserves top ratings but, for the same reasons it is so unique, it has some issues which are also unique.
• We thoroughly enjoyed our stay and wish it was longer! This villa has the best views of the lake. The interior of the home was really nice. The A/C worked very well and there was plenty of hot water. These are issues we’ve had in other vacation rentals in Italy.The exterior was really nice. The drawback is that there is a steep path to lead up to the car. However, I see that as a fair trade for this kind of seclusion.When we were there, the wifi did not work. Our devices were connected to the router but there was no internet connection. We also had a really hard time finding the property. The address we were given was nearly a mile away. We talked to locals, tried to call all the phone numbers and either didn’t get an answer or it said they were not connected. When we reached out via the chat, we were told to call the numbers (which we already did) instead of just giving us directions. We ended up finding the home on our own. An easy fix would be to add detailed directions to the home in the chat feature of the app. We paid a premium for this stay and I felt like we did not have a premium experience at the beginning. After this issue, we were very pleased with the rest of the stay and would stay here again.
• Not the easiest place to find even though the directions were outstanding. It is tucked away on the side of the mountain right DIRECTLY on the water. Expansive property with every amenity you could ask for. It is one of the best properties We have stayed at. I will say it’s not something for little children or people not mobile as it has long ramps to reach it with steps. But if you want an UNBELIEVABLE property with no one in sight you need to book this place. We WILL be back.
• Beautiful two story villa built out on the water. Stunning gardens, unbelievable views of the lake. Well appointed kitchen. Very comfortable and romantic. Private road is good for jogging and cycling. Very close to San Siro for groceries and specialty markets. We will definitely stay here again.

View Deal on VRBO from $546.86

Villa Gard, Bellagio | $668.03/night avg

Nestled near the beach of San Giovanni in Bellagio, Villa Gard is surrounded by a fenced-in garden with a gazebo. Ask the host of this cozy lake-view villa about “live like a local” experiences.

Dreaming of Bellagio – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (1 Review)

• Property Type: Villa
• Maximum Occupancy: 7 Guests
• Bedrooms: 4
• Bathrooms: 3

View Deal on VRBO from $668.03

Villa Molli, Sala Comacina | $5,039.68/night avg

Situated in Sala Comacina, Villa Molli is simply stunning with an infinity pool and hot tub that look out over Lake Como. Four of the six bedrooms offer king-sized beds and a lake view. The villa manager is available at all hours to tend to guests’ needs. Additional services are available for an extra fee including airport transfers, a private chef, pre-arrival grocery shopping services, private tours, boat rentals and tours, babysitters, and more!

Dreaming of Sala Comacina – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (2 Reviews)

• Property Type: Villa
• Maximum Occupancy: 12 Guests
• Bedrooms: 6
• Bathrooms: 6

Top guest reviews

• What an amazing villa. Stunning from the moment you walk in. We fell in love with the villa and never wanted to leave. We ended up extending our stay an extra night just to relax and enjoy the stunning view. I can not say enough about our host Giuliano. What a remarkable young man who was helpful in assisting us in anything that we needed. We made wonderful memories at VILLA MOLLI and we will definitely stay again in the future.
• What an amazing villa. Stunning from the moment you walk in. We fell in love with the villa and never wanted to leave. We ended up extending our stay an extra night just to relax and enjoy the stunning view. I can not say enough about our host Giuliano. What a remarkable young man who was helpful in assisting us in anything that we needed. We made wonderful memories at VILLA MOLLI and we will definitely stay again in the future.
• This property is new and beautiful . The view is Lake Como and you sit outside , eat outside and can not believe it .The family that owns it and welcomes you are the best ! Warm, wonderful, classy and helpful in every way .It was 100 degrees (record heat ) and came every morning to check and see if air conditioner was working. They helped in every way and we became fast friends. The villa is huge and room for everyone – 8 adults . The town is charming and we could drive everywhere in 20 to 30 minutes all over Lake Como . Will definitely go back …

View Deal on VRBO from $5,039.68

Villa Vassena | $1,383.23/night avg

How gorgeous is Villa Vassena?! Situated on the shores of Lake Como, this luxury villa offers alpine views, a spectacular lakeside terrace, and a private harbor where guests can swim and canoe. Or, just soak up the amazing views from the garden. Boat rentals are available nearby for those who want to explore the lake area’s charming and historic villages by water.

Dreaming of Vassena – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (7 Reviews)

• Property Type: Villa
• Maximum Occupancy: 10 Guests
• Bedrooms: 6
• Bathrooms: 5

Top guest reviews

• Beautiful house and owner very pleasant to work with. We had no problems and the house was exactly as advertised. Owner was always available to give recommendations.
• The description of this property and the photos are very accurate. It is located less than 10 minutes from Bellagio and has some small restaurants and shops within walking distance. The lakefront location is great and the house is well maintained. Giuseppe was great at communicating through WhatsApp and was prompt in answering any questions.
• We were a family of 6 adults and 2 children…the Villa far exceeded our expectations! This Villa is located directly on Lake Como in a small charming village of Vassena, with easy access to Bellagio and other quaint villages.The Villa has an old school charm with impeccable grounds, luxurious interior and amenities for a completely enjoyable stay. The photos accurately depicted Guisippe’s Villa.Now a little bit about Guisippe…he was extremely responsive to all communications. He arranged for a flawless airport pickup from Milan to a delectable ‘Taste of Lake Como’ “Chef Inspired and created” seven course meal…prepared by the staff from ‘Salice Blu’ restaurant. A truly memorable meal and night was had by all! We look forward to our next stay VERY soon. Thank you Guisippe (and your lovely wife) for making this such a memorable family holiday!Grazie Mille,Liz and Tom Anastasia
• Our family of eight stayed at the villa for 8 days. There was plenty of room, and the grounds were amazing. The villa is close to everything. We cooked in most evenings and enjoyed late nights eating outside. I highly recommend this property, and the owner was responsive and welcoming. I cannot say enough good about this villa.
• Very confortable and well équipe.

View Deal on VRBO from $1,383.23

Villa Laglio | $2,500/night avg

Located in the charming town of Laglio, Villa Laglio boasts stunning 180-degree views of Lake Como and an expansive gated yard. Other highlights include a garage, boat house, and dock. Villa d’Este, a drop-dead gorgeous five-star resort, is just minutes to the south; while ferries, markets, restaurants, and shops can all be found nearby.

Dreaming of Laglio – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (7 Reviews)

• Property Type: Villa
• Maximum Occupancy: 8 Guests
• Bedrooms: 5
• Bathrooms: 4

Top guest reviews

• Can’t say enough about how enjoyable our stay at the Villa was. The pictures do not capture the beauty of the setting and being directly on the lake. The Villa was well appointed and very spacious for 2 families. Very well placed in the Lake region for a variety of activities. The house manager Paola was amazing and incredibly helpful. One of the best vacations for the family- we will be back.
• We had an incredible week in Laglio at the villa.Paola went above and beyond to help us with navigating the area and reservations.The house is beautiful and perfectly located. Everything was comfortable and clean.Highly recommend and can’t wait to get back!!!
• A classical house set on the lakefront of Lake Como between Cernobbio and Tremezzo (the most sought after stretch) – with private dock, well manicured gardens and a true private home feel to enjoy for indulgent relaxation. The whole experience was perfect – from pre arrival communication, to the support from Paola the property manager, to days out cruising around the area in an antique Riva (not included!!). It exceeded all expectations and has a perfect five star rating from me!
• We just spent an amazing week at this beautiful villa. Fantastic location, walking distance to several great local restaurants and the lakefront location was magical. The views and outdoor area were spectacular. The villa has its own dock if you want to rent a boat and beautiful seating areas for lounging and dining as well as a grassy garden for kids to play on. Paola, the house manager, was amazing. She organized everything from groceries when we got there to help with booking restaurants and recommendations. She was super organized and always quick to respond. She was like a hotel concierge! Thank you Paola!James, the owner, was super helpful with recommendations and information and I was so grateful to be able to chat with him directly before our stay. Thank you! We had kids ranging from 7-17 and my 87 year father with us and everyone had a great time. Don’t hesitate to book this villa. You won’t regret it! We definitely plan on returning.
• Superb attention by the property owner, on-site housekeeper, and true appreciation of living in a villa on Lake Como. One of the best family vacations we have ever had and the exceptional ownership and property made that all possible.

View Deal on VRBO from $2,500

Villa Lucia Laglio | $1,219.17/night avg

Overlooking Lake Como, Villa Lucia Laglio features a private dock, a lovely interior with art nouveau decor, a ping pong table, a terrace, and a small furnished garden. Parking is provided for three cars. This charming, romantic vacation rental is located in the small town of Laglio on the western branch of the lake; not far from the center of Como.

Dreaming of Laglio – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (5 Reviews)

• Property Type: Villa
• Maximum Occupancy: 9 Guests
• Bedrooms: 5
• Bathrooms: 5

Top guest reviews

• Charming older home in need of some updating.
• This villa exceeded expectations from the villa itself to the location on the lake! We had a group of 11 and it comfortably slept everyone. Andrea made the check-in process easy and is very responsive if you have questions. Being right on the lake was so nice as you could lounge on the patio or take a swim. If you’re visiting Lake Como, this is a must stay!
• A group of 9 friends and family absolutely enjoyed our stay at Villa Lucia. It was like living in a museum in an absolutely gorgeous location. The villa was clean and full of historic charm. Its clearly still owned and used by the family that built it over 100yrs ago. . The patriarch was a commandant in the mounted cavalry and the house is full of photos and memorabilia that are endlessly fascinating to look at. It was mostly accurate to the photos online. Some of the furniture and décor were a bit dated in person, but all the appliances and bathrooms worked well. the house is well stocked with glass and dinnerware, cookware plates and platters to entertain. There is no AC, but the portable fans and cool breezes off the lake were more than enough to keep everyone comfortable. The patio and dock area are located just across the street on the lake. If you have kids, be sure to supervise them closely while crossing. Traffic isnt dense but when cars/motorcycles come by they absolutley fly thru the streets in Como everywhere. That said this was the gem of the property. We all spent loads of time admiring the view over cocktails and swimming in the lake. Andrea the property manager was very responsive and great to work with. he provided several restaurant recommendations that were excellent. There’s even a great Osteria just next door which made it convenient for the adults to have a night out away from the kids while still being very close by. We’d definitely recommend this location if you want to experience villa life in Como!

View Deal on VRBO from $1,219.17

Villa Sarah | $772.04/night avg

Boasting a beautiful interior with gorgeous views, Villa Sarah offers several places to relax, including the garden, the porch, and the lanai. This air-conditioned, 2,691-square-foot lakeside villa has a grill, kayaks, and bikes available for use.

Dreaming of Vassena – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (5 Reviews)

• Property Type: Villa
• Maximum Occupancy: 6 Guests
• Bedrooms: 3
• Bathrooms: 3

Top guest reviews

• This property was everything we hoped for. Great location, stunning views, ample space and privacy, impeccably clean and a great host. Highly recommend!
• What a great location. Close to town. Everything we needed. Loved the water front. Great owners..
• My wife and I rented Giuseppe’s property with another couple during our time in Italy and it was by far the highlight of our trip. The home is beautiful right from the start as you pull in off the street through a Jasmine covered gate and approach the front door through a quaint walkway lined with old vines and flowers. Inside the house was well appointed and spotless. What we did not realize is the upstairs actually has three bedrooms, 2 with king sized beds and balconies over looking the water, and one with two twins. Another room in the basement also has a king and patio. The back porch was breathtaking with its seamless transition to the lake and amazing views. There were cherry trees hanging over the yard at peak ripeness which made for a wonderful snack after taking a dip in the lake or touring in the provided kayaks. Giuseppe was kind, attentive, and provided numerous recommendations. Are personal favorites were a morning cappuccino at Vassena Cafe with the barista Wendy and dinner at Al Molo, all within easy walking distance (<5min) and with beautiful views of the lake. This is a quieter side of the lake, with less bustle than the more western tip of the Y. However, Bellagio is only a 10min drive (careful, the roads are quite narrow and can by nerve wracking for American drivers) and from there it’s easy to navigate to more popular towns. For us, Vassena provided a quiet and peaceful haven from which to take day trips or just enjoy being out on the lake. Book this place if you can!
• Gorgeous lakefront villa with wonderful owner/manager who was great communicator and trouble shooter! Great swimming and kayaking and dinners at Molo 5 can’t be beaten! John

View Deal on VRBO from $772.04

Villa Capuana, Fiumelatte-Varenna | $959.68/night avg

Oozing with Italian style, Villa Capuana is a luxurious lakeside retreat with a private lakefront garden and boat mooring facility. Located in Fiumelatte-Varenna, this detached period-style villa embodies Lake Como’s timeless elegance with original marble flooring and frescoes adorning the walls. Do you want to play ping pong or pool in the game room, or kick back on the lake-view terrace? The village of Fiumelatte offers amenities while the neighboring resort town of Varenna can help connect visitors via ferry, bus, etc.

Dreaming of Varenna (Fiumelatte) – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (1 Review)

• Property Type: Villa
• Maximum Occupancy: 10 Guests
• Bedrooms: 4
• Bathrooms: 3

Top guest reviews

• August 2017Yes, we wanted to respond to your inquiry. We had an amazing trip staying at Villa Capuana and are very grateful to the staff at Holiday Homes for making it so enjoyable. First, the house was extraordinary. Beautiful location, nicely furnished, with lots of space and very comfortable. And a pretty well stocked kitchen. One thing we wish is if the owner (or HH) provided some history of the house for the renters to be able to read. I’ve done a little research on the house and it is truly an historic property. We had no idea (I’m happy to share with you what I have learned, if you’re interested). The appliances were all modern and functioned properly, the showers were great, basically everything that was supposed to work, did work. One ting you probably ought to do is let your tenants know that Netflix is available in the house. Our kids accessed that daily (when the internet was working). Second, the boat rental was extremely convenient and a good alternative to renting a car. By boat, we were able to reach many of the local Como towns on our own boat, and not have to worry about the ferry (although we did take the ferry some as well). We would not have rented the boat if there was no boathouse, so that made it easy. Third, the proprietor of the house, Marte (spelling?) was the best. He was not at all intrusive, but available to help whenever we needed him. Sometimes, that was to answer simple questions that we had, other times it was to repair something, he even helped us recover a soccer ball that was stuck in one of the trees. He is a delightful person and a huge help to tenants. Fourth, the fact that the house had air conditioning (in the bedrooms) turned out to be a Godsend. While it was hot downstairs, the bedrooms were comfortable sanctuaries during the two or three really hot, humid days we had on the lake. Fifth, the people in Varenna and Fiumelatte could not have been nicer to us. They made us feel very welcome and not self-conscious at the mistakes in language and custom I’m sure we were making hourly. Sixth, thank you for the recommendation of Clara Bettarini. She was a skilled chef and her lovely daughter Sophia the perfect “wait staff.” It was a terrific way to celebrate our anniversary dinner. We visited the towns of Bellagio (touristy but definitely worth seeing), Menaggio, Bellano, Lenno and Tremezzo. The Grand Hotel Tremezzo (where we ate lunch) was extraordinary. We never did make it to Como or Cernobbio, which I wish we had. Just didn’t have time. The walk to Varenna was easy and it was nice to know there was also a more scenic option (the Greenway). Varenna is a cute town which we thoroughly enjoyed. And a lot of fabulous restaurants. The WiFi was nice to have in the house, although it went down several times when we were there and was typically slow. So I guess among the things we could recommend to improve – we already mentioned some background on Villa Capuana and better internet access. Additionally, it would have been nice to have a little bit better background on restaurant and even grocery market options in Varenna. We had to try a bunch of them ourselves. I would highly rate Crotto di Pina and Ristorante La Vista. Monamour was good, but a little pricey given the quality of the food. We had a pretty good meal at La Punta in Bellagio, but the view was breathtaking. Anyway, more reviews of restaurants accessible to Villa Capuana would have been very helpful. Also, there is a little market in Fiumelatte that was great (open only in the mornings). Would have been nice to know about it in advance. I just kind of stumbled into it the first day we arrived and then went there every day thereafter for daily croissants and bread, prosciutto, cheese, bottled water, etc.Your team was very professional and helpful. It was nice to meet you when we came to Menaggio. I will try to send you some of our pictures. They all look like they are from postcards!! And yes you can use our comments however you wish. If we can ever be a reference for the property or Holiday Homes, we are happy to do so. Rest assured, I am telling all of our friends where to go in Como! You were all fantastic to work with!!Anyway, thanks for all of your help and look forward to our next interaction with Happy Holiday Homes.Steve, UK
• September 2017We had a splendid time at Villa Capuana a beautiful place and great location. Marty was too good help and very pleasant to deal with!Margareta, USA

View Deal on VRBO from $959.68

Disclosure: TravelAwaits selects the listings in our articles independently. Some of the listings in this article contain affiliate links.

Visiting the Mediterranean is a bucket list adventure. Time spent on sun-drenched beaches next to sparkling blue water will always be remembered. In addition, architecture, landscape, history, and cultural events annually bring millions to the Mediterranean Sea. But one thing no one forgets is the food — the Mediterranean diet.

I want to share (in no particular order) some exceptional restaurants serving Mediterranean cuisine on a tiny island many folks have never heard of: Gozo, in the Republic of Malta. Each locally-owned eatery prepares its dishes from ingredients grown and produced within a few miles. Things like fresh fish, lamb, rabbit, potatoes, olives, lemons, oranges, dairy from goats, and a wide variety of fruit and veg are included in recipes handed down from generation to generation utilizing Gozo’s bounty.

1. Country Terrace

With the most spectacular view from any restaurant on Gozo, Country Terrace has an exceptional atmosphere, delightful food, and tasty libations. It’s located in Ghajnsielem, overlooking Mgarr Harbor and the islands of Malta and Camino. You can eat indoors or on the stunning tiered terrace.

Country Terrace is a beautiful combination of Maltese and Italian cuisine. Lunch and dinner are served from à la carte or entrée menus. Entrees of fresh fish, pork, lamb, chicken, beef, and game are large and come with several side dishes, including potatoes two ways (common with entrees in Malta) and fresh garden vegetables. The full-service bar has a well-curated selection of local and international spirits, beer, and wine.

What To Order At Country Terrace

Start with the mushrooms gratin. I could eat a bucket of these pan-seared mushrooms in a cream sauce. Next, try the day’s fish caught that morning and prepared with a white wine sauce or grilled. The Beef Wellington is a special treat if you are a beef lover. Finally, leave room for one of the delicate desserts made in-house daily.

2. Eat & Live Italy

With Sicily only 60 miles away, the Italian influence is strong in Maltese cuisine. Eat & Live Italy offers house-made pasta, fresh fish, pizza, traditional Maltese cheese salad, beef steaks, and several burgers.

Located in Victoria’s St. George Square, all seating is outdoors under a canopy. Everything is made to order and served with bread and sides such as potatoes and veggies. There is a lovely wine list with reasonably priced Maltese and Italian wines. We took our time with a bottle of prosecco. Please don’t pass on the desserts; they are unforgettable.

The service is efficient and very friendly. When Kevin and I had lunch there one day, our server moved our table twice as a very ferocious thunderstorm drove the rain under the canopy. All the while, he smiled and laughed and replaced our bread when it got a bit wet.

What To Order At Eat And Live Italy

Pasta with Bolognese is the best I’ve had anywhere, including Italy. Combined with a Maltese cheese salad (like a charcuterie board), it is more than enough to share.

3. Giuseppe Cafe And Bistro

Giuseppe is a neighborhood eatery in Ghajnsielm’s village square. It’s a popular meeting place for locals and ex-pats. Casual, welcoming, and a friend to your budget, there is inside and outdoor seating.

Giuseppe’s serves Maltese and Italian entrees, pizza, and delectable sandwiches. The dessert case is filled with”can’t resist” pastries. A full-service bar offers spirits, beer, and wine. This is a great place to pick up a sandwich, a bag of crisps, and a bottle of local wine for a picnic on the beach.

What To Order At Giuseppe Cafe And Bistro

I love the lasagna, and so do others. Be sure to come in for dinner early if you want to try it. It sells out quickly.

4. Jon’s Coffee And Snack Corner

Jon’s is a kiosk in Mgarr Harbor next to the Gozo Channel Ferry Terminal. It’s a popular place for local fishermen and ferry passengers. As with all kiosks, John’s specializes in local fare.

Breakfast, lunch, and dinner are served. I think John’s ricotta-filled pastizzi are the best on the island. This local pastry also comes filled with peas. There are sandwiches, burgers, pasta, and salads. Everything is made in the open kitchen every day. Grab a Kinnie (a local soft drink made from oranges and spices), a Cisk beer (brewed in Malta since 1929), or a local wine from the cooler and order at the counter. Then find a seat inside or out. Your order will be delivered to your table.

What To Order At Jon’s Coffee And Snack Corner

My favorite is the crispy chicken wrap. The chicken is breaded and fried, giving it a crunchy outside and a tender, juicy inside. Lettuce and tomatoes are added, and the whole thing is wrapped and then grilled in the panini press. Kevin is crazy about the avocado toast — while not traditional Maltese, it is delicious and served on crunchy Maltese bread.

5. one80 Kitchen At Mgarr Yacht Marina

Do you love boats? Then one80 Kitchen is your place for lunch or dinner. It’s the only restaurant that sits at water level in the yacht marina in Mgarr Harbor. Ceiling-to-floor windows surround you and give the feeling of alfresco dining no matter the weather.

Everything on the one80 menu is caught, grown, and produced locally. Your meal begins with house-baked Maltese bread served with a round of fresh goat cheese and a canister of locally grown and pressed EVOO. This crunchy crust and soft, tender inside bread could be a meal for me.

All dishes come in small, medium, and large sizes. Choose from the freshest fish, shellfish, chicken, meat, game, and plant-based dishes. If you have a group of six or more, try the Sharing Feast. It’s a selection of bread, fish, beef, sausages, and pastries.

What To Order At one80 Kitchen

The grilled octopus is terrific. It’s a popular local treat and available year-round. The Crudi On Ice is sublime. It’s a selection of oysters, king prawns, sashimi, fresh fish crudo, tartare, and ceviche. Perfect with a bottle of prosecco.

6. Roza

Step inside Roza and leave behind bustling St. George Square. The simple interior is quiet, comfortable, and a relaxing spot for a long lazy lunch or an unhurried dinner.

Roza is a new eatery on St. George Square in Victoria. Open just over 30 days (at this writing), Raza is quickly making regular fans for their traditional Mediterranean dishes and modern atmosphere.

The menu has seasonal offerings of locally sourced ingredients. Rabbit, lamb, beef, chicken, and fish can be enjoyed in starters, soups, salads, and entrees. Shared Maltese platters and cheese boards are a perfect way to taste Gozo. The soup of the day is always delicious. I love the creamed veggie.

What To Order At Roza

Bruschetta, bruschetta, bruschetta! Kevin and I are searching for the best bruschetta available on Gozo. Bruschetta is one of our favorite Maltese dishes. Roza’s is at the top of the list. Four pieces are served, two in the traditional style with tomatoes, olives, onions, Baretta cheese, and basil. Two pieces are a perfect companion with a smooth mixture of cream cheese, cucumbers, and herbs.

7. Il Kantra Lido Bar & Restaurant

Kantra Lido is as Mediterranean as it gets. This place is fantastic! It may be hard to pay attention to the menu — the spectacular view of Kantra Cove, Malta, Camino, and the blue Med is mesmerizing. Small boats cruise in and out of the cove, bringing swimmers and snorkelers. Birds nesting in the cliffs put on a continual show as they feed the nestlings. Divers boldly free-fall from the cliffs — a breathtaking sight — and sunbathers relax on lounges dotted around terraces leading to the cove.

Covered and open-air seating is available. Before taking a seat, look at the day’s catch displayed on ice as you enter the restaurant. Kantra serves seafood caught that day, beef, chicken, and vegetarian dishes. A full-service bar has an international selection of spirits, wine, and beer.

What To Order At Kantra Lido

Choose a fish from the day’s catch and have it grilled. If there are king prawns or oysters offered, add a couple. As with many Maltese restaurants, the desserts are heavenly, especially the chocolate/coffee mousse.

8. Tal-Furnar Bar And Restaurant

Located in Xaghra, Tal-Furnar is one of my most highly recommended eateries in Gozo.

I urge you to book one of their experiences, such as traditional Gozation bread making or Ftira (sort of like a pizza, only better). Anna and John — the chefs and owners — are excellent and fun teachers. They note that their 100-year-old wood-burning pizza oven has been in their family for four generations. They also “believe in the farm-to-table concept,” producing as much food themselves as possible.

You’ll be given all you need and hands-on guidance to make your time-honored Gozation specialty. After you’ve finished your creation, you’ll watch John put it into the wood-burning oven. While it bakes, you will snack on a Tal-Furnar platter of their special sundried tomato dip, olives, goat cheese, sausages, and more seasonal delights. These experiences must be booked in advance. It is a fantastic activity for a group, and children are welcome.

What To Order At Tal-Furnar

Suckling pig cooked in the wood-fired oven is a treat, unlike anything you will eat anywhere. It is crunchy on the outside and juicy and tender on the inside.

9. Tamun

Tamun is often the place Kevin and I stop for a meal when arriving in Gozo on the ferry. The location in Mgarr Harbor is just a few steps from the ferry/bus terminal. One of Gozo’s most revered chefs, Paul Buttigieg, creates dishes from the sea and land. The menu is seasonally based and influenced by other Mediterranean cultures.

Shellfish is a particular specialty. The oysters are sweet and succulent. They are served with ponzu & yuzu gel cucumber, Hendrick’s Gin & basil, and nori & miso au gratin dipping sauces. Another choice for a starter is the sharing menu offered with 7, 9, or 12 plates. Choose from salads, ceviche, foie gras, octopus, asparagus, lobster, calamari, pork belly, and more.

Soups, salads, and fish starters set the stage for your main course of lamb, pork, beef, or more fish.

What To Order At Tamun

The seafood risotto is cooked to perfection. Creamy rice is joined with seasonal fish, shellfish, and peas.

10. Victoria Central

Most folks would call Victoria Central a coffee shop, but it is so much more. It’s a coffee roastery, tea shop, café, and meeting place for locals and visitors.

Victoria Central is located at the foot of Victoria’s Cittadella and across the street from Independence Square. Seating is available inside or across the street in the square. I recommend the square if you are a people watcher.

The café serves breakfast, lunch, and dinner in addition to coffee drinks and cups or pots of tea. The selection of soups, sandwiches, and pizzas is very popular. Breakfast selections include sandwiches, French toast, and vegan avocado toast.

What To Order At Victoria Central

Order Shakshuka, a North African/Middle Eastern breakfast dish made from baked tomatoes, onions, peppers, and earthy spices like cumin, paprika, and chili powder. I love this dish, and Victoria Central makes a lovely version.

Why Eat In Gozo?

Gozo is the little sister of Malta in the center of the Mediterranean. It’s a place that will take you back in time, with its rural culture and slow pace. Farming is king in Gozo. Most farmland is protected from development, reducing the need to import food to the growing Maltese population.

Gozitan food will immerse you in the culture and, best of all, the Mediterranean diet, the best reason to visit.

It is no secret that Dublin, Ireland, has a vibrant and popular pub culture, but did you know it is also a foodie’s paradise? It’s true! Whether you want to indulge in traditional staples like Irish stew and fish and chips, or visit a five-star Michelin restaurant, Dublin has you covered. 

One of my favorite ways to explore an area’s food is to participate in a food tour; luckily, Dublin offers many options. After extensive research, I decided to take a Secret Food Tour in Dublin, and I was glad I did! Dublin’s Secret Food Tour allowed me to taste some incredible food, and I learned loads of history about Dublin and made some new friends!

Before I introduce you to some of the yummy dishes I tried on my Dublin food tour, the stops on the tour may have changed. Please visit the Secret Food Tour website for the latest tour information. Let’s dive into my favorite dishes I tried while on Dublin’s Secret Food Tour (foods are listed in no particular order).

I was gifted a tour by Secret Food Tours, but, as always, all opinions are my own.

1. Traditional Irish Breakfast

Kilkenny Design

From the outside, Kilkenny Design looks like a design store, so I wouldn’t have ever thought to venture inside for a good meal. When our tour guide stopped in front of it, I assumed he would just give us information about the neighborhood. To my surprise, this was the first stop on our food tour. As we ventured inside and went up the stairs, we were greeted with a bustling little café full of delicious smells and happy-looking people.

The first dish we received on the tour was a traditional Irish breakfast. The dish consisted of potato cakes, brasher (ham for my American friends), white pudding, and fried tomatoes. Having tasted the other items before, I was most excited to try the white pudding since it was new to me. White pudding is a meat dish that consists of fat, oatmeal, or barley with breadcrumbs, spices, and in some recipes, pork and/or pork liver. These ingredients are combined, filled into a natural or cellulose sausage casing, and then cooked.

I couldn’t believe the size of the portions. Reminding myself that this was our first stop, I decided to pace myself and only eat a few bites of each item. I must admit, though, this was hard as the food was so good!

2. Irish Stew

The Hairy Lemon

My first taste of traditional Irish Stew took place on the Secret Food Tour while visiting a fabulous Irish pub named The Hairy Lemon. The Hairy Lemon is a quintessential Irish pub right in the heart of Dublin. There are random, fun decorations hanging all about and televisions showing sporting events throughout the bar. People are laughing and the beer is flowing! The wood paneling and cozy tables enhanced the lively atmosphere of the Hairy Lemon and made me just want to sit and stay a while.

When my Irish stew arrived, I was greeted with a steamy bowl of thick, hearty stew full of chunks of meat and vegetables. The dish was accompanied by a slice of Irish soda bread perfect for dipping. Compared to an American stew, the Irish stew had a thicker consistency. In addition, lamb meat was used instead of beef, which resulted in a richer flavor. I have read that some Irish stews can also be made with mutton (mature sheep). I did not try the mutton, so I cannot speak to its taste. If you are not sure if the stew you are getting is made with lamb or mutton, just ask your server.

3. Guinness Pie

The Hairy Lemon

Since my husband, Marty, and I were both participating in the food tour, I had the opportunity to share dishes with him during our visit to The Hairy Lemon. Marty ordered the Guinness pie. Having never heard of it, I was excited to try it!

Guinness pie is beef cooked in a savory gravy with vegetables and spices and then covered in pastry. I equated this dish to a delicious homemade pot pie. The crust was buttery and flaky, and the filling was flavorful. We paired ours with a big, fresh pint of Guinness beer, which was perfect. Honestly, I enjoyed the Guinness pie more than I did my stew. I highly recommend you try it!

4. Fish & Chips

Leo Burdock

Leo Burdock began serving delicious food to the Dublin community in 1913. Its website says they would wrap their fish and chips in day-old newspapers when they first began. This fast food-style fish-and-chips tradition caught on quickly as the company became famous for having some of the best in the area. According to our guide, Cal, it is not uncommon for Burdock’s to have a line around the corner. (Cal added that it is well worth the wait, and the line usually moves quickly.)

The restaurant’s interior has a relaxed, nautical vibe that instantly makes you feel at home. Looking over the menu, I was surprised at the choices offered. Not only do they serve fish and chips, but Leo Burdock also offers a wide variety of other foods, such as chicken tenders, hamburgers, sausages, and smoked cod. They even have a kids’ menu that offers reasonably priced, child-friendly choices.

During our visit to Leo Burdock, our tour included tasting the fish and chips. The fish was perfectly cooked and piping hot! The batter was light and crisp, and the tender, flaky fish inside melted in your mouth. Of course, the chips (french fries for my Americans) were also perfectly cooked. I loved that the meal was wrapped in paper, making it easy to sit and eat on or transport with you on the go.

We have eaten a lot of fish and chips on our travels, and I have to admit, Leo Burdock’s might be some of the best we have ever tasted. With that in mind, you should add this dish to your list of things to eat in Dublin!

5. Ice Cream

Murphy’s Ice Cream

If you’re an ice cream lover, you should probably book a flight to Ireland right now. I don’t know what they do to their dairy products, but they are amazing, and this is especially true for their ice cream! Murphy’s Ice Cream has churned out delicious ice cream since 2000. According to their website, their goal is to “make memorable flavors that put a smile on your face.” The company prides itself on using only natural ingredients. There are “no colorings, flavorings, or powdered milk.” I guess that is why it tastes so good!

Stepping into the Murphy’s Ice Cream store in Dublin immediately made me smile. The building was small but charming, cute, and, best of all, the employees were all smiling and happy. The menu showcased their delightful flavors, including Dingle sea salt, Irish brown bread, chocolate, and butterscotch. They even have alcohol-infused flavors like chocolate whiskey infused with West Cork whiskey, and Micil Irish cream infused with Irish whiskey and Irish cream!

My favorite thing about Murphy’s is that they will let you sample the ice creams until you decide on a flavor you love! This was important to me as I had difficulty choosing a flavor. I finally settled on the Irish cream and Marty chose the chocolate. The Irish cream ice cream was so decadent and creamy. I equate it to eating a frozen Irish coffee. Marty’s chocolate was just as delicious. The smooth and rich chocolate flavor just melted in your mouth. The server at Murphy’s told me that they use one of the best cocoas in the world to make their chocolate ice cream, which gives it a distinct and rich chocolate taste. It was amazing! I loved Murphy’s ice cream so much that I ate it daily. We even found one on our day trip to Kilkenny!

6. Irish Whiskey

Celtic Whiskey Shop & Wines On The Green

I don’t know if Irish whiskey qualifies as a “dish,” but I just couldn’t write this without including it! During our Secret Food Tour, we had the opportunity to visit a charming little shop in Dublin named the Celtic Whiskey Shop & Wines on the Green. This shop, centrally located near St. Stephen’s Green, is worth stopping in Dublin.

The shop’s interior was warm and welcoming with wood paneling and hues of brown and green. One side of the shop contained wine for sale, and the other housed the whiskey. Our tour included tasting three Irish whiskeys: Teelings Whiskey, The Dubliner, and Tullamore Dew. All three were smooth and delicious, but my favorite was the Teelings. I liked it so much that we chose to tour the Teelings Whiskey Distillery after our food tour!

Pro Tip: Food Tours

I have participated in Secret Food Tours worldwide — including Dublin, Boston, and Rome — and one thing I have learned is that you will eat a lot of food! My top tip when participating in a tour is to wear comfortable clothing and to pace yourself.

Related Reading:

• 9 Foodie Favorite Restaurants In Dublin
• 7 Fabulous Things Not To Miss While Exploring Dublin By Foot
• 12 Amazing Walking Tours To Experience In Dublin

Ahhh, Paris. The light. The beauty. The romance. Show anybody even slightly romantically inclined a picture of the Eiffel Tower, and they will sigh contentedly. Paris does that for you. But, while I still love the Eiffel Tower, I have to admit that after so many years of living in the city when it comes to romance, la tour Eiffel does not spring to mind immediately. When it twinkles at night, then yes, but in the daytime? Not so much.

Instead, I love to search out more hidden places, those which might not be overrun with visitors posing up a storm at every corner. It is so easy to feel romantic in Paris. The beauty of the architecture goes a long way, just the shutters on the windows and the pretty balconies can do the trick. Then there is the Seine with its islands and the many green spaces with its iconic café terraces — all are part and parcel of the romance. But here, I want to suggest some other little places — in no particular order — where you can saunter or sit with your beloved and get romantic. Be it over a picnic, a walk, or just sitting down soaking up the atmosphere. Yes, there are also some iconic hotspots included.

1. Parc Monceau

7th Arrondissement

Parc Monceau was my go-to park in Paris when it was a nice day and I wanted to soak up a bit of greenery over a book on a park bench. Hidden away in the 7th arrondissement, this park hardly ever sees a tourist. Instead, its little lake, faux temple, huge trees, pretty carousel, and a kiosk selling decent coffee, are all reserved for locals coming to exercise, play with their families, or simply sit, hand-in-hand on the grass or benches.

Pro Tip: Just a few steps away lies the wonderful Musée Jacquemart-André,  a beautiful former private residence turned art museum. The building is wonderful and the café serves the best lemon meringue tart in Paris.

2. Saule Pleureur De La Pointe

The Seine

You will have walked across Pont Neuf many times to get to Notre Dame, or just across the Seine, but have you ever climbed down the quite hidden staircase to the pointy end of the Île de la Cité? The tiny park, Square du Vert Galant, is pretty enough, but head past it right to the end of the island, and you’ll see the willow tree. Head underneath it and sit with your feet dangling above the water while nibbling on a fresh croissant, maybe clink with a glass of champagne, and romance does not get any better, trust me.

Pro Tip: Nearby is probably my favorite “place” in Paris, Place Dauphine. Hidden away, lined with small restaurants, this is the place to sit and watch the locals play either boules or a game called Mollky, involving small wooden sticks you throw a ball at.

3. Au Vieux Paris D’Arcole

Île De La Cité

On the same island, but toward the other end, north of Notre Dame, lies the small, cobbled Rue Chanoinesse. Along it lies a tiny little café, which you might normally walk straight past. But come in late spring, when the wisteria flowers, and you have romance in one Instagram-able picture. The café restaurant, Au Vieux Paris d’Arcole, with its aqua-colored exterior and ancient wisteria plant curling itself around the property promises even more inside. A tiny restaurant, serving traditional French food such as escargots and confit de canard, is decked out in plush deep-red velvet seating and matching wallpaper, looking more like a boudoir than a café, but all the more romantic for it.

Pro Tip: Saunter across to the romantic Île Saint-Louis, with its super-expensive real estate. What’s more romantic than dreaming of — and searching out — your favorite Paris apartment? Mine is right at the other end, 1 Quai d’Anjou, with the rounded corner and the blue door. If only.

4. Pont Alexandre III

The Seine

It is hard to beat the Seine when it comes to romance. It offers so many great views alongside it. There are plenty of iconic bridges crossing it, be it Pont Neuf, as I mentioned above, the Pont des Arts famed for its — not very romantic — padlocks, and then there is Pont Alexandre III.  Personally, in the daytime, I find it a little too much with all its gold décor, although you cannot beat its approach between the Grand and Petit Palais and Les Invalides. But come at night, preferably in the full hour when it is dark, and watch the Eiffel Tower begin to twinkle, with its lights reflected in the water and the golden statues of the bridge, and even a sometimes quite cynical expat can get romantic. Head right to the middle of the bridge and just stand there at night. It doesn’t get much better than that.

Pro Tip: From April, the quay below Pont Alexandre III springs to life with many bars and houseboats. Perfect for a sultry summer’s evening by the Seine.

5. La Printemps Rooftop

9th Arrondissement

Best views across the Parisian rooftops? Everybody has a different idea, but one of my favorite places from where to look out across the Palais Garnier, all across to the Eiffel Tower, is from the roof terrace of the Printemps Haussmann Department store. Nothing fancy, no money involved, unless you stay for a coffee, a snack, or indeed a romantic glass of something nice. Otherwise, just stand and look out across Paris. It’s pretty perfect.

Pro Tip: To round up a romantic trip to the famous department stores on Boulevard Haussmann, head a block down to Lafayette, where, on the first floor, you can sit at the champagne bar with your glass in hand under the grand glass dome and look out over the iconic and so beautifully done circular department store’s interior. Come in December and that center will be filled with a gigantic Christmas tree.

6. Place Des Vosges

Le Marais

Surrounded on four sides by history, the beautiful Place de Vosges offers a haven of tranquility in the otherwise bustling Marais district. This, the oldest square in Paris, is hemmed in by gorgeous red and cream brick architecture, colonnades studded with restaurants and art galleries, and Victor Hugo’s former home. When first designed, the square was filled with sand, for the royals who resided in the two main pavilions, his and hers, on either side of the square, to ride their horses. Today, the square’s center is a park with lawns on which it is perfect to have a romantic picnic. Just bring a blanket.

Pro Tip: Steps away, just through the rather lovely Hôtel de Sully’s gardens, on Rue Saint-Antoine, there is a small Monoprix supermarket. Grab some cheese, a chilled bottle of champagne, and a baguette from the nearby boulanger, and you’re ready to go.  

7. Cité Des Fleurs

Batignolles

This is a bit out of the way of the well-trodden tourist paths, but all the better for it. The northern district of Batignolles is a wonderful residential area to explore any time, with its markets, many individual stores, and restaurants, but step into the Cité des Fleurs, the City of Flowers, and you step completely away from Paris. This so-called city is one roughly 1,000-foot-long pedestrianized and cobblestoned street and is usually only accessible to residents. Locked at night, the gates open between 7 a.m. and 7 p.m., and you can stroll along a quiet street lined with unique residences, many of them single-family homes, with stunning gardens. Enchanting architecture makes this a real estate dream, and just strolling through here, peeking into the gardens, and wondering what it might be like to live here, is a wonderful treat.

Pro Tip: Pop for lunch at Le Cyrano, a lovely little restaurant serving great sandwiches and other Parisian snacks.

Looking for an affordable getaway to Europe? Europe is often considered fairly expensive for travel, but with some thought and planning, you’ll find there are many affordable destinations across the continent that can make for a perfect budget vacation.

From beaches and mountains to historical places that date back thousands of years, Europe offers destinations for all interests and tastes. Sadly, many of these places will stretch your budget to the max. So, if you are looking for the cheapest European countries to visit, you’ll need to think outside the box and head to lesser-known, but no less lovely, spots.

Here are 5 of my suggestions for the most affordable countries to visit in Europe — perfect for travelers who are looking for culture, history, and natural beauty, but without costing a small fortune or requiring a second mortgage!

1. Hungary

Hungary is one of the most expensive countries to visit in Eastern Europe, but still one of the cheapest to visit in Europe as a whole. Here, you’ll find a rich history yet also a cosmopolitan country with a thriving food scene that you won’t want to miss.

Hungary’s capital, Budapest, is a delightful combination of two historical cities, lying opposite one another over the Danube River. Buda has its historical Buda Castle, and Pest’s side is flanked by the imposing Parliament building, busy streets, and numerous other buildings that retain their centuries-old architectural heritage. The city is home to a long list of free attractions, including walking on the Chain Bridge across the Danube and exploring the Castle Hill area.

While some of the attractions in the castle area aren’t free to visit, they’re still very affordable. The neo-Gothic Great Market Hall, Budapest’s oldest indoor market, is a great place to search for budget souvenirs and cheap snacks, including many traditional Hungarian foods — the country’s favorite fast food is lángos, a sort of deep-fried pizza topped with cheese, tomato sauce, or sour cream. GuruWalk offers numerous free walking tours of Budapest to help you discover all the city’s hidden treasures.

Outside Of Budapest

Outside of the capital, things are even cheaper. The countryside is charming, with even older traditions, not to mention the locals’ passion for winemaking and tasting! Visitors to the lake resort town of Tihany and those heading to Bükk Mountains for outdoor adventure will find low prices year round.

Pro Tip: In June, Budapest city sponsors a “Night of the Museums,” where you can visit many of the city’s landmarks for free.

2. Portugal

An abundance of natural beauty makes Portugal a favorite European holiday destination. Unfortunately, most visitors don’t venture much beyond the golden Algarve beaches. But if you travel a little deeper and leave the crowds behind, you’ll discover so much more, while making your holiday budget go much further.

Top Portuguese cities like Lisbon and Porto are on most travel bucket lists. Budget travelers should add cities like Algarve and Cascais into the mix. These cities are the perfect spot to enjoy the sun, and you can spend your days immersing yourself in Portuguese culture and food without breaking the bank. You can find affordable lodging and inexpensive food in the many white-washed villages and towns throughout Portugal, and cosmopolitan cities such as Lisbon, Porto, and Funchal can be just as budget-friendly thanks to a wide range of accommodation and dining options.

Portugal’s Free Attractions

Some of Portugal’s most interesting destinations are free to explore. These include the ancient town of Evora, a World Heritage site, and the 12th-century Templar Castle and Convent of Christ in the town of Tomar. Keep an eye out for free museums such as the Museu Coleção Berardo in Lisbon or free walking tours like this one in Faro, Algarve. The Faro District in the south is a popular destination for its golden sands, cliffs, and lighthouses, while visitors can head to the archipelago of Madeira for its rugged volcanic hiking trails, beautiful harbor, and great scuba diving. This affordable European destination offers the perfect blend of adventure, relaxation, and culture

Pro Tip: The biggest expenses of a trip to Portugal are food and accommodation, though visiting outside of peak season (June to August) will reduce these costs considerably. Prices drop even more between November and February, though temperatures still remain around 64 degrees Fahrenheit.

3. Slovenia

Slovenia is perfect as a destination for affordable travel, and this is one of the cheapest countries to visit in Europe.

Ljubljana

Ljubljana, the capital, is one of the cheapest and most underrated cities in Europe, and one of its most overlooked capital cities. It’s beautiful and packed full of history, and best of all, the relative lack of tourists means prices for attractions and historic sites are surprisingly low.

Ljubljana also has a reputation for being a green and pedestrian-friendly city — the Old Town, home to Ljubljana Castle, Ljubljana Cathedral, and Triple Bridge (Tromostovje), has been car-free since 2008. In addition to its green and cultural initiatives, the city is a popular destination for well-priced restaurants and cafés, and during the summer months, many set up along the Ljubljana River, making for a lively alfresco scene.

Most visitors come to Slovenia for its Adriatic shoreline. Koper Beach, nearby Mestna Beach, Moon Bay, and the famous seaside resort of Portoroz are all very affordable in late spring when temperatures are already summery, but the tourists haven’t arrived yet. Away from the coast, Lake Bled is perhaps the best-known destination and one of the most stunning sights in the country. Other budget destinations include the medieval town of Piran; the fortified village of Štanjel; and Triglav National Park, where you can hike to the top of Mount Triglav.

Winter In Slovenia

Don’t miss Slovenia for a winter trip either. If you’re looking for some of the best ski resorts in Europe, the country is well worth considering. Beautiful resorts like Kranjska Gora boast prices significantly lower than their French and Austrian counterparts, and if you don’t already know how to ski, you can always sign up for some lessons at the local ski school.

4. Slovakia

Bratislava

One of the cheapest countries in Central Europe to visit, Slovakia has a lot to offer, not only in its major cities such as Bratislava but especially in its smaller towns. Tourists will find their holiday dollars get them quite a bit more here than in many other European destinations. Slovakia is home to numerous UNESCO World Heritage Sites, castles, memorials, and monuments — all free or very cheap to discover.

Slovakia’s capital, Bratislava, is the most expensive destination in the country — but even here, you can keep your trip cheap by taking advantage of the many free things the city has to offer. Bratislava is relatively small and can easily be explored on foot, and aside from its many galleries, spread throughout the city, Bratislava is also home to lots of street art and sculpture. Join a Free Original Bratislava Alternative Street Art Tour to experience the city to its fullest.

Outside Of Bratislava

Outside of the city, food and accommodation are even cheaper. Slovakia has some amazing countryside, with a lot of space to explore, particularly in the High Tatra mountains, the country’s tallest mountains and a massive national park with hundreds of miles of hiking trails. All national parks are free in Slovakia.

Pro Tip: Bratislava is only an hour by train from Vienna.

5. Montenegro

Once part of Yugoslavia, Montenegro is a very new country, having regained independence in 2006. This is also a country that many people wouldn’t be able to place on a map! Montenegro is an extremely affordable destination, but do be prepared to pay a little bit more for things like accommodation.

Having said that, Montenegro is only as expensive as you allow it to be. If you want a budget-friendly trip, you could probably do Montenegro on as little as $20 a day, and if you wanted to go all out and enjoy a luxury vacation you could spend $200. However, if you’re somewhere in the middle, then you’ll find that too.

Compared to other Mediterranean countries, Montenegro is easy to travel through without having to spend a lot. Most travelers visit the cities along the coast, like Budva, Herceg Novi, and Kotor, but there are tons of other spots to explore. Ada Bojana, a small island away from the pricey shoreline towns, is a prime destination for kitesurfing and a lovely summer destination with very affordable prices.

Outdoor Activities

Hike through some of Montenegro’s national parks and experience the hills and mountain views of this lovely country. The deeper into Montenegro you go, the more affordable it gets. Prices halve and hospitality doubles as soon as you venture away from the coast — so don’t skip the country’s green heart, where you’ll find rugged mountains, glacial lakes, and UNESCO walled towns. Crno Jezero, a mountain lake surrounded by deep green-bluish forest, is a stunning destination for hiking and swimming and is completely free to visit.

For cheap food, stick to the local hearty, meaty foods like burek, a thin flaky pastry stuffed with meat, cheese, spinach, or potato. This is one of the oldest Balkan dishes, dating back to the Ottoman Empire. Buregdzinica AS in the town of Tivat is known for some of the best bureks in Montenegro.

When traveling in Europe we’ve come to expect that cities like Paris, Berlin, and London won’t be cheap to visit, but there are a number of relatively budget-friendly countries you can and should add to your itinerary — just make sure to choose the right ones! But wherever you decide to go, and whatever you decide to do on your European vacation, I’ve no doubt you’ll make some great memories.

The moment I stepped off the train in Bacharach, Germany, I felt like I had been transported to another world. I knew at any minute, Belle from Disney’s Beauty and the Beast would come prancing by singing about her provincial life. I was surrounded by hillsides covered in vineyards, cobblestone streets, and half-timbered buildings. It was truly as if I had stepped into a fairy tale!

Bacharach is a charming German town located on the UNESCO World Heritage portion of the Rhine River, known as the Romantic Rhine. This portion of the Rhine River Valley is filled with charming towns, medieval castles, and fabulous vineyards. Bacharach is the perfect place to call home as you explore this region. 

My husband and I spent a week in Bacharach and didn’t want to leave. Let me show you all of the reasons you will love this fairy-tale town on the banks of the Rhine River!

1. Altstadt

Old Town

Wandering through Bacharach’s old town streets only helped to confirm that I had stepped into a fairy tale. The narrow cobblestone streets are lined with half-timbered houses; the crooked look of some only adds to their charming appeal, especially when you realize that many were built in the 1500s. 

The quiet yet charming streets made us immediately feel at home. As we explored Bacharach, this welcoming feel continued as the shop owners welcomed us into their stores and homes and did their best to communicate with us despite the language barrier. We truly felt at ease and welcomed into the community in Bacharach. 

Pro Tip: Be sure to wear comfortable shoes while exploring the old town area. The cobblestone streets are often uneven.

2. Burg Stahleck

Stahleck Castle

Stahleck Castle sits high on the hillside above Bacharach as if protecting this portion of the valley, including the sleepy little town below it. I’m sure that is exactly what the castle was designed to do when it was built in the 12th century. 

Today, you can make the historic castle your home base, as it is a fully functioning hostel. The hostel has single, double, and family rooms, some even having an ensuite. Also on site are a playroom, a bistro, and a café/bar. Whether you stay in Stahleck Castle or not, it is still worth making the short hike up to the castle to see the incredible view and get up close and personal with this piece of Bacharach history. The path to the castle begins on the south side of Peterskirche.

Pro Tip: Order a drink from the cafe or bar and take it out to the patio overlooking the river. The view is truly remarkable!

3. Wernerkapelle Ruins

Werner Chapel

While hiking from Bacharach’s old town to Burg Stahleck, you will pass the gorgeous ruins of Wernerkapelle, a historic chapel that was first built between 1289 and 1430. The ornate detail of the sandstone ruins is mesmerizing. The gothic style of the chapel is still apparent in the ruins you see before you today. 

The site has a melancholy feel that genuinely seemed to take my breath away. I am not sure if it was the ruins themselves or the plaque that was placed by the ruins commemorating the inhumane acts brought against the Jewish people during World War II. One thing is for sure; the Werner Chapel made me fall even more in love with Bacharach.

4. Rhine River Day Cruise

A cruise on the Rhine River is a must-do during your time in the Rhine River Valley, and lucky for you, Bacharach is the perfect jumping-off point to make that happen. A Rhine River cruise is the perfect way to see the numerous castles that line the hillsides of this region. In addition to the castles, I loved being introduced to the many quaint villages that call the romantic Rhine home. 

Visitors can easily purchase tickets on a KD cruise to enjoy meandering their way along the Rhine River. We chose one of the hop-on and hop-off cruises that allow guests to enjoy getting off on and off of the boat at different small towns along the river. Our favorite towns to explore included St. Goar, Bingen, and Braubach. Of course, I always recommend researching in advance to ensure that the towns you choose appeal to your interests. 

Pro Tip: If you treat the cruise as a hop-on and hop-off, read the time schedules carefully. You don’t want to miss that city’s last boat of the day!

5. Postenturm

Post Tower

Up on the hillside, surrounded by vineyards, is Bacharach’s Postenturm, or Post Tower. Take a short walk up the hill through the vineyards of Bacharach to reach the Post Tower. The views from the historic tower are amazing, but to get the full picture, I recommend climbing the stairs to the top of the tower. Once at the top of the tower, you are rewarded with sweeping views of Bacharach and the Rhine River below. I especially loved that the tower is completely free to enjoy!

It is important to note that the walk through the vineyard is on natural terrain and does have an increase in elevation. The path is a natural dirt path that ascends the hillside, so please be aware that it is uneven and narrow in places.

6. Old Town Walls

For another unique vantage point to see the city, I recommend walking along the historic town walls surrounding Bacharach. The town walls allow you to explore the town from above and take you through most of the city.

We accessed the town walls by going up a set of stairs near the train station. Once on the walls, the paths are nicely paved and broad in most places. This section of the town wall is near the river and was one of my favorite sections to explore. You can see the old town well that used to provide water to the town’s residents and the historic towers along the walls. I particularly enjoyed seeing the Market Tower, which contained the town’s original 14th-century gates!

7. Altes Haus

Old House

The Altes Haus is a medieval half-timbered house in the center of Bacharach. Altes Haus translated means “old house,” which is precisely what this is. Built in the 14th century, Altes Haus is a beautiful testament to the historic charm of this fairy-tale city. Today, visitors can enjoy an authentic German meal in a truly historic setting. While waiting for your schnitzel to arrive, be sure to view the photos around the room of the Altes Haus. I loved seeing how little the house has changed throughout the years. 

8. Peterskirche

St. Peter’s Church

Peterskirche (St. Peter’s Church) is another reason to fall in love with Bacharach. The church is not hard to miss, as the tower can be seen from many vantage points throughout town; just look for the red and white tower shining brightly above the other buildings. The church’s exterior matches the tower with beautiful deep red and white hues adorning the Romanesque-style church. 

If the church is open for visitors, be sure to step inside. Inside are brightly colored, frescoed walls and art panels depicting the Reformation. Be sure to take note of the unique statues inside the church. I found the statue of the frog man to be particularly interesting.

9. Burg Stahlberg

Stahlberg Castle

History lovers won’t want to miss a visit to the ruins of Stahlberg Castle during their time in Bacharach. The remains of Burg Stahlberg sit atop a rocky outcropping just north of town. The ruins contain a historic wall (which has been restored), a circular tower, and the keep’s remains. 

Getting to Stahlberg Castle does involve an extensive hike over natural terrain. You could only access the castle through a small tower wall hole during our visit. There are some places to sit and rest, including some picnic tables. If you are up for the hike, I highly recommend visiting Stahlberg. It is truly a place to enjoy some peace while surrounded by German history.

10. Vineyards And Wineries

The hillside of the Rhine River Valley is blanketed in vineyards for as far as the eye can see. One of my favorite things about visiting Bacharach was the ability to enjoy hiking through the city’s vineyards. The trails throughout the vineyards provide sweeping views of the Rhine River Valley while allowing you to enjoy a beautiful hike in nature. One of my favorite trails is found near the Post Tower. This natural terrain trail hugs the vineyards while providing glorious views of the river below.

Weingut Karl Heidrich

After enjoying the vineyards, be sure also to enjoy the fruit of their labor, the local wine that is produced in Bacharach. While in town, look for a weinstube, or wine room, to do just that! We had a great time tasting wine at Weingut Karl Heidrich. This charming winery is located in the heart of town and has a great outdoor area to sit and drink wine while munching on a local charcuterie board. 

Pro Tip: Bacharach is famous for the Riesling wine produced here, so don’t miss the opportunity to try it. The local ice cream shop even sells Riesling ice cream!

There are so many historic places that make you fall in love with Paris, but can you blame a girl for loving a Parisian store? And not just any old store, but the oldest department store in the world, and no doubt one of the most beautiful.

Yes, Paris has a few stunning department stores, all worth a visit. There is Printemps, whose roof terrace I adore; there is Galeries Lafayette, which not only has the best Christmas tree every year under its glorious glass dome, but also a champagne bar placed such that you can take in the beauty and the bustle of the place. There is the lovely BHV in the Marais, where you can get your own enamel street sign made, and then there is, of course, the recently renovated Samaritaine, which is a real stunner.

But my personal favorite will probably always be the Bon Marché despite its oxymoronic name — with bon marché meaning a bargain or good deal in French, while the Bon Marché’s goodies, even the smallest trinket, can send you bankrupt. But then, the store is part of the luxurious LVMH group. Here are my reasons for putting Bon Marché on your to-do list when next in Paris.

1. The History

When originally founded as a store selling ribbons and frippery in 1838, the name was probably appropriate, as it was deemed a novelty store. But a few years later, Marguerite and Artiste Bouciaut, wealthy entrepreneurs, revamped the site and opened the chic department store in 1858, reportedly wanting to offer Parisians “a new kind of store that would thrill all the senses.” And that they did. Designed by architects Louis Charles Boileau (1837-1914) and engineer Gustave Eiffel (1832-1923) of tower fame, the building is a shrine to Art Nouveau, with great glass domes, metalwork, curlicues, and organic swirls, but in an understated elegant way.

2. The Escalators

The escalators zigzagging across the main atrium are a work of art. The minimalistic elegance of their simple white — unless covered in art — is worth a visit to the store, especially when photographed from the second floor. Go and see for yourself; you never knew escalators could be so chic.

3. The Shoes Under The Dome

You might not have room in your travel budget for Louboutins, but there is no harm in looking. On the top floor, near the walkway to the second building where home and kitchen wares as well as the Grand Epicerie are housed, lies a shrine to shoes. Displayed like sculptures — and only marginally cheaper — stand the world’s most extravagant shoes under a stained glass domed roof. The staff, although coming across as quite haughty, are more than happy for you to meander and dream.

4. The Grand Épicerie

If only I lived in this arrondissement and had the money to make the Grand Épicerie, the food hall of Bon Marché, my local weekly supermarket destination. On the first floor of the second building — with the wines and champagnes in the basement — you find a wonderful display of foods from around the world. And you do not only get the best quality, and many a homesick expat’s favorite nibbles, but it is the way that these goodies are displayed that is key.

The simple salt shelf, filled with salts from around the world, in lovely colors and various sizes of grain, or the numerous olive oils that stand not just to attention but have been assorted like art by a curator, and even the water bottles make your heart soar. When it comes to eating with your eyes, here you buy ingredients with your eyes, and even the display of carrots makes you want to create a recipe to do them justice.

5. The Fashion

Obviously, this being Paris, there is fashion in this department store. While on the first floor, you find handbag stores from Louis Vuitton to Chanel, the top two floors have wonderful displays of local and international fashion from Alaia to Zadig & Voltaire. You can find more affordable fashion on the second floor, while on the third it becomes high fashion and at times the pieces are more fashion show, fun pieces you could never imagine wearing. But there is nothing better than to stroll beneath the typical Eiffel steel beams and soak up the color and designs. Window shopping at its best.

6. The Art Collaborations

Every year, often several times, the department store collaborates with international contemporary artists who are allowed to display their projects in the showrooms and along the escalators. When I was last there, in March 2023, the entire store had basically been turned into an aquarium with stencils of fish designed by Teamlab all over the interior; whereas previously the crockery and cooking pot installations by Indian artist Subodh Gupta were center stage. Basically, with Bon Marché you not only get a lovely shopping experience, but always also get a gallery visit while you’re there.

7. The Christmas Displays

The Bon Marché comes into its own at Christmas time. Not only are the windows decorated, but also the inside, the atrium, and the escalators get dolled up with decorations. Often it is Christmas trees hanging from the ceiling, which might sound silly, but it looks fabulous. Other times, the department store gets together with an artist to work on the display. Either way, it is never dull.

And then there is the Christmas decorations pop-up store. Every year, part of the second-floor showroom is set aside to sell baubles and decorations, and they are as quirky as they come. From iconic French baubles such as garlic bulbs, baguettes, and croissants to more traditional fairies and snow globes, I dare you to leave without purchasing a single thing. It is practically impossible.

Pro Tip: For a high fashion, decadent day out, dress up, go (window) shopping at Bon Marché and then pop across the street to the historic Hotel Lutetia and have a glass of champagne in the stunning Bar Josephine. When in Paris…

Related Reading:

• 7 Unique Walking Tours Not To Miss In Paris
• 9 Hidden Places In Paris To Discover Superb Artwork
• 9 Amazing Paris Museums To Visit, According To A Local

Glasgow is often dismissed when compared to Edinburgh. When visitors only have time to visit one of the two cities, Glasgow usually loses out. In a way, it is understandable. After all, Edinburgh is the capital of Scotland, has an imposing castle, and a Harry Potter-inspiring city center, while Glasgow has… What exactly?

I admit that I had previously always chosen Edinburgh over Glasgow. But on my last visit to Scotland, I had a closer look and found great sights, much history, and a thoroughly enjoyable city well worth visiting.

Here are some fantastic things, in no particular order, to put on your Glasgow itinerary.

1. Glasgow Botanic Gardens

Victorian Greenhouses

I am generally hesitant to add a botanical garden to any itinerary that might be somehow poor of time because they are often quite similar. But the Glasgow Botanic Gardens in the West End of Glasgow stand out because of its greenhouses. The gigantic, iron-framed, glass Victorian structures are beautiful in their own right. They also hold not only various precious flora that cannot cope with the weather outside, but also an exhibition of sculptures. Walking around is a delight, and you can also follow the River Kelvin, which runs alongside the gardens and takes you to the next item on the list — Kelvingrove Art Gallery & Museum.

Pro Tip: Just outside of the Great Western and Byres Road exit stands the loveliest little police hut, all blue and looking like the TARDIS time machine from the UK cult TV series Doctor Who. Walk along Byres Street for some great little individual stores, such as the home décor store Time & Tide.

2. Kelvingrove Art Gallery & Museum

Modern Art And History

One of those typically Victorian buildings built to bring knowledge to the people — like the grand museums in London — Kelvingrove is a lovely, vast building filled with displays that have something for everybody. There is the building with its magnificent staircases and modern art — such as Sophie Cave’s Hanging Heads installation — dotted throughout. There is a room of Mackintosh furniture and there is history. The history ranges from Egyptian artifacts and Scottish history to stuffed animals, including a highland cow’s calf (sad, but adorable) and much more. Eclectic for sure, but the museum will keep you busy and is perfect for a rainy day.

Pro Tip: Entrance to the museum is free. If you want to add to the experience, head inside at 1 p.m. each day for an organ recital (3 p.m. on Sundays).

3. Riverside Museum

Architectural Treats

Follow the River Kelvin down to where it flows into the larger River Clyde and you’ll find the Riverside Museum. Not only is this a building by my favorite architect, the late Dame Zaha Hadid, but there is also more to the museum and surroundings than you’ll appreciate at first glance. The museum offers another eclectic mix and a quirky assortment of Glasgow’s transportation and technology history. This might sound boring, but it is an entertaining slice of Glasgow life, filled with cars, trains, ships, and more. And speaking of ships, there is The Tall Ship Glenlee moored right behind the museum, which is worth a closer look. And don’t miss the fabulous little gift shop by the entrance of the museum. It has some wonderfully quirky souvenirs for you to bring home.

Pro Tip: If you continue on along the Clyde, you’ll end up walking past the Clydeside Distillery and end up at the wonderfully nicknamed Armadillo — a concert hall shaped like something crossed between the Sydney Opera House and an armadillo.

4. Gallery Of Modern Art

Modern Art In A Historic Venue

When my friend heard that I was on the way to Glasgow, she immediately said to look out for the “dude on a horse with a cone on his head.” I did not think much more about this, until I found myself in front of the neoclassical Gallery of Modern Art, with the very “dude” right outside the entrance. The dude in question is in fact Duke Wellington. Although a classical statue at first, since the 1980s, he has always worn a traffic cone on his head and has become the icon of Glasgow. The statue pretty much sums up the gallery, with its juxtaposition of old and modern art. The building itself is a gorgeous 1778 former private home with an exquisite interior and makes for a great setting for very contemporary art.

Pro Tip: Walk to the main shopping drag along the left hand side of the gallery, through Exchange Square to Buchanan Street.

5. City Chambers

A Grand Staircase

Steps away from the Gallery of Modern Art lies George Square, the heart of Glasgow where many events are held, including the Christmas Fair. On the right side, coming up along Queens Street, lie the City Chambers, housing Glasgow’s council offices. A nice enough building from the outside, with turrets and a façade somewhat reminiscent of the Hôtel de Ville in Paris, it comes into its own inside. The grand staircase, vaulted ceilings, and tiled floors are especially worth popping in for, but there are also other rooms to be admired. It’s best visited via one of the public tours, giving you some of the history of this beautiful building.

Pro Tip: Practically next door is the Piper Whiskey Bar if you fancy a drink in a traditional pub setting.

6. Mackintosh Guided Tour

Charles Rennie Mackintosh is probably the best-known son of Glasgow. He was an architect, designer, and artist who left his mark on the city and helped spread its fame. What could generally be described as Art Nouveau has been made into a style immediately recognizable as Mackintosh’s work; with a more severe approach to the organic curlicues so iconic of the style. 

You might have already seen some of his work in the Kelvingrove Art Gallery & Museum, but you can really be immersed in the Willow Tea Rooms on Sauchiehall Street, the Glasgow School of Art building, and The Lighthouse (sadly closed at the moment, but hopefully opening again soon). For the background and history of his style and influence, book yourself a guided walking tour.

Pro Tip: Together with his wife and two other designers, Mackintosh formed a group called “The Four,” more liked and influential on the continent than in his hometown.

7. Glasgow Cathedral

Medieval History

Dating to 1197, Glasgow Cathedral is famous for its age, beautiful architecture, and stained-glass windows. It is also the oldest church and only medieval cathedral found on the Scottish mainland to still be standing nearly perfectly intact after the Protestant Reformation of 1560. The cathedral is dedicated to Saint Kentigern — the patron saint of Glasgow, also known as Saint Mungo — who is buried in the church.

Pro Tip: Behind the cathedral lies the atmospheric Glasgow Necropolis, a vast Victorian cemetery filled with grand tombs. Go on a guided tour to hear some incredible stories.

8. Ardnamurchan Restaurant

Sample Some Haggis

You cannot come to Glasgow without trying some good, traditional Scottish food. While a lot of it is fresh seafood based because of the city’s proximity to the ocean, there are local specialties such as haggis, usually served with neeps and tatties; Cullen skink; and stovies, which are a must-try. In the case of haggis, try not to read the ingredients list. Instead, allow yourself to be wowed by the excellent taste. There are many restaurants that serve the best-loved local dishes, but my favorite is the Ardnamurchan Restaurant for its mix of modern settings and traditional food options.

Pro Tip: A great way to learn more about traditional Scottish foods, and try them with a bit of wine and whisky, is on a Glasgow Food Tour.

9. Falkirk Wheel

Unique Engineering

After the transport history in both the Riverside Museum and the Kelvingrove Art Gallery & Museum, I give you another quite unique transportation-related must-see: The Falkirk Wheel. Lying some 23 miles roughly a 30-minute drive outside of Glasgow, it is a bridge-cum-lock invention that connects the Forth and Clyde Canal to the Union Canal. Because one canal lies 115 feet higher than the others, the two canals used to be joined by 11 locks that took all day to traverse. 

Opened in 2002, what The Falkirk Wheel does is provide a basin for a canal boat, closing it in, complete with water and all, and turning the wheel until the boat reaches the lower — or upper — section. This cuts travel time to a couple of hours or so. It is a bit like a Ferris wheel for boats. You can even go for a ride yourself.

Pro Tip: Nearby you can visit the world’s largest equine sculpture, Home of the Kelpies, by Andy Scott. Kelpies, according to Scottish legend, are shape-shifting water horses.

The white linen curtains fluttered in the gentle breeze when I opened the window on my first morning in Gozo. The sun was rising over the island of Malta. It cast a band of red-orange between the cobalt night sky and the glittering deep blue of the Mediterranean.

We strolled to the garden where our breakfast was waiting. The terraced garden overlooked the harbor and marina. Small fishing boats came and went, and ferries passed in and out of the ferry terminal. The Mediterranean was impossibly blue — its usual color.

Each day we were greeted with freshly squeezed juice and Moroccan-spiced tea. A round of just-made goat cheese was spread on crusty Maltese bread.

A visit to Gozo, Malta, has much to offer folks of all interests, ages, and budgets. But the very best thing you will experience is Gozitan hospitality. On the small island of Gozo, Mediterranean hospitality can be experienced in hotels, B&Bs, guest houses, and villas.

Here are six accommodations where you can luxuriate in Gozitan hospitality.

1. Hotel Ta’ Cenc & Spa

Outstanding Natural Beauty

The entrance to Hotel Ta’ Cenc and Spa is lush with native plants. A windmill once used to grind wheat to flour for bread stands as a stately sentinel, welcoming you to a Mediterranean retreat unlike any on the island.

Five-star Ta’ Cenc has it all. Seventy-four rooms and bungalows, a full-service spa, two outdoor pools, one indoor pool, two tennis courts, a private beach, a gym, a hot tub, a sauna, and many more amenities will ensure you never get bored.

Ta’ Cenc has three restaurants and a bar/lounge. Dine poolside or have breakfast or dinner in the garden or dining room. The Il-Kantra Lido Bar & Restaurant is a spectacular lido high above Kantra Cove. Your meal here will be an unforgettable experience. The food and service are excellent, but the setting and view are incomparable. Ta’ Cenc is in Sannat.

Don’t Miss: Ta’ Ċenċ Cliffs

The cliffs are a 10-minute walk from Hotel Ta’ Cenc. Rising 490 feet above the sea, the Ta’ Ċenċ Cliffs are on Gozo’s southern coast, near the village of Sannat. Ta’ Ċenċ is an area of outstanding natural beauty, important ecological value, and archaeological status.

The cliffs are also a globally important bird area with breeding sites for peregrine falcons, barn owls, kestrels, cory’s shearwaters, yelkouan shearwaters, storm petrels, and Malta’s national bird the blue rock thrush.

Walking through the countryside to the cliffs, you will pass through an area with many archeological sites, such as small temples, burial chambers, and farmers’ huts. If you are a guest at Hotel Ta’ Cenc and Spa, they will provide a map that indicates where these sites are located.

2. The Grand Hotel Gozo

Sea And Harbor View

Perched on the top terrace of Mgarr Harbor, in Ghajnsielem, The Grand Hotel Gozo is, indeed, grand with 95 rooms. The largest hotel on the island, Grand is splendidly located with jaw-dropping Gozo Channel and Mgarr Harbor views.

Rooms and suites offer sea and country views overlooking the Mediterranean or the Gozo countryside. Accommodations with private terraces are ideal for sunrise and sunset viewing and sunbathing. Family rooms and suites offer a variety of sleeping arrangements and plenty of space.

Take a splash in the rooftop pool and indulge yourself at the spa. Ask the concierge to help with dinner reservations or arrange a guided tour of Gozo.

Grand has a rooftop bar, Mediterranean Breeze, with a barbecue buffet serving dinner and cocktails. For me, Mediterranean Breeze is the place for sunset and dinner. You can also enjoy the bar and terrace on the ground floor, along with Il Migiarro, the main restaurant serving breakfast and dinner. Grand’s location is minutes from the ferry terminal. From the harbor, take a leisurely sail to Valletta, Malta, Camino island, or the Blue Lagoon.

Don’t Miss: Mgarr Harbor

The harbor is a six-minute walk from Grand Hotel Gozo. Mgarr Harbor is more than a ferry/bus terminal. This bustling waterfront is home to a fishing fleet, tour boats, tour buses, and some of Gozo’s best restaurants. It is also the trailhead to Hondoq Bay, a lovely beach for swimming and sunning.

3. Il-Bàrraġ Farmhouse B&B

Village Center

Located on a narrow street in the heart of Nadur, Gozo, Bàrraġ Farmhouse B&B is one of the finest B&Bs in Malta. A lovingly renovated 400-year-old farmhouse is a few steps off the village square. Entering the bright red door takes you to another time when the building and property were a stand-alone farm. Made entirely of limestone, Italian marble, and handmade Maltese tiles, the interior is luxurious and rustic at the same time.

Bàrraġ is intimate, with only five rooms. You can enjoy a communal lounge, sitting room, and a lovely garden. Breakfast is served buffet style with traditional Maltese food that includes vegan options.

I highly recommend Bàrraġ but suggest you book early; it’s a popular stay in the lovely village of Nadur. Immerse yourself in traditional Gozitan hospitality and village life in this truly unique B&B.

Don’t Miss: Ramla Bay

The bay is a 10-minute bus ride from Bàrraġ Farmhouse B&B. A crescent of red sand makes Ramla Bay Gozo’s finest beach for swimming, sunbathing, and beach combing. Snorkeling here is also popular. There is a restaurant and a kiosk for meals, libations, and snacks. Public showers and toilets can be found on the trail to the beach.

4. Townhouse 17

City Center

Townhouse 17 is in the heart of Victoria, Gozo’s capital and largest city. Called Rabat by locals, this centuries-old city is the seat of Gozo’s government and home to the Cittadella, the walled enclosure that once protected citizens from invaders and pirates.

Townhouse 17 has nine rooms — seven doubles, one accessible, and a rare single for the solo traveler. Each room has a balcony or a French window overlooking a small park. A laptop workspace and Wi-Fi make keeping in touch comfortable.

A café and rooftop lounge offer libations and traditional Maltese food. Breakfast and an evening manager’s reception are included with each room. The rooftop offers an outstanding view of the Cittadella during the day and night when spectacular illumination shows the bastion in a different light.

You’ll find the bus terminal directly connecting to all of Gozo’s destinations just steps from the front door.

Don’t Miss: The Cittadella

The Cittadella is a 10-minute walk from Townhouse 17. Cittadella, also called the Citadel, is located in Victoria (called Rabat by locals). The UNESCO World Heritage Site is a fortified town that humans have occupied since the Bronze Age. Today, the magnificently walled structures are home to a baroque church, several museums, eateries, shops, and art galleries. Plan a day at this fascinating part of Gozo’s history.

5. Ta Pinu Guesthouse

Countryside

The charming village of Gharb is home to Ta Pinu Guesthouse. Situated in a 500-year-old farmhouse, Ta Pinu’s stone walls and tile floors are enchanting. Each of the six rooms is individually decorated, offering breathtaking countryside views.

Snooze away with memory foam mattresses, Egyptian cotton linens, and my must-have, plenty of pillows. En-suite baths have plenty of Egyptian cotton towels, plus laundry facilities in some suites.

A luxurious breakfast of local Gozitan foods is served each day. An indoor pool is a perfect way to relax after sightseeing. The terrace is ideal for enjoying wine sipping at sunset and outstanding views of the Basilica of Ta’ Pinu and the Gozo countryside.

Don’t Miss The Basilica Of The National Shrine Of The Blessed Virgin Of Ta’ Pinu

The basilica is less than one-half mile from Ta Pinu Guesthouse. Ta Pinu National Shrine is one of the most visited places in Gozo. This inspiring church is an architectural masterpiece filled with priceless art and sculpture.

6. The Segond Hotel

Private Pools

The village of Xaghra is the beguiling setting for The Segond Hotel. Relax in one of the 51 rooms or suites: some with private pools! This pet-friendly hotel welcomes dogs and cats. The rooftop pool is perfect for sun and swimming or simply relaxing and enjoying the coastal and countryside views.

A buffet breakfast is included with your accommodation. Lunch and dinner are served in the restaurant daily. The Indian buffet is one of my favorite treats. In addition, local libations are available in the bar.

Don’t Miss: Ggantija Archaeological Park

The park is a 10-minute walk from The Segond Hotel. One of the oldest free-standing buildings in the world, Ggantija is a temple built between 3600 and 3200 BC. Older than the pyramids, the temples were constructed from massive local limestone by the Temple Builders, a Neolithic culture. The UNESCO World Heritage Site includes a museum that shows how a culture with no written language accomplished the gigantic feat. Ggantija is in the village of Xaghra.

Getting To And Around Gozo

Take a taxi from Malta’s International Airport (MLA) to the ferry terminal at Cirkewwa. A quick 20-minute ferry ride takes you to the Mgarr ferry/bus terminal. From there, take a bus or taxi to your hotel.

While on Gozo, leave the driving to the fast, safe, and reliable bus and taxi drivers. Unless you are accustomed to driving on the left in a right-hand drive car on narrow streets, driving here can be challenging.

Don’t Miss: Tuk-Tuk Tour

On your first day on Gozo, get oriented with a tour of the island. Yippie Tours will pick you up and return you to your hotel or the ferry/bus terminal. A delightful seaside lunch is included. Yippie also has self-drive tours in E-Jeeps, Go-Cars, and Quads.

Why Gozo?

The Mediterranean hospitality, warm and welcoming people, fresh, delicious food, 3,000+ hours of sunshine a year, and of course, the impossibly blue Mediterranean.

Everyone should experience Rome, Venice, and Florence, but if that is the only part of Italy you are exploring, you are missing out! There are so many other areas of Italy, each with its own personality and charm, that you would be amiss to overlook.

Knowing where to find these hidden gems can be difficult, which prompted me to create this list. I have visited Italy numerous times and continually seek new regions to explore and discover. Throughout my visits, Italy has never disappointed me! From enchanting small towns to stunning coastal landscapes, these are the hidden gems in Italy not to miss!

1. Saturnia Hot Springs

Maremma

Located in the heart of Tuscany, the Saturnia Hot Springs comprises numerous turquoise-colored hillside pools. This picturesque spot occurs thanks to the naturally warm water that flows into the travertine stone pools on the hillside. The 37-degree-Celsius water (98.6 degrees Fahrenheit) consistently flows through the pools, keeping them at a temperature perfect for relaxing.

To access the hot springs, you can easily rent a car and make a quick day-trip from Florence or Rome, as they are open 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. The hot springs are free to visit, and plenty of parking is nearby. Just be sure to bring water shoes, a towel, drinking water, and snacks since the only facilities on the property are a restroom/changing room.

Pro Tip: Visit the hot springs early in the morning or late in the evening to avoid the crowds!

2. Aosta Valley

Italy’s Aosta Valley is a dreamy region located near the borders of Switzerland and France. While the area is most popular during ski season, it’s also lovely to visit in the summer. I just love how the castles, which are perched upon rocky outcroppings, are bordered by the gorgeous mountain scenery that surrounds the area. The area is a popular destination thanks to the region’s many hiking and cycling trails, perfect for exploring on a summer day. 

You can explore the small town of Courmayeur, which offers excellent skiing, hiking, and the rotating Skyway Monte Bianco Cable Car. Or you can tour the many castles in the Aosta Valley. The castles in the area can be easily seen while on road trips, but they are best viewed up close with a guided tour. During the summer and winter seasons, numerous small shops and restaurants are also available to ensure a great experience in this remote region of Italy.

3. Camogli

The colorful town of Camogli sits on the beautiful Italian Riviera but is often overlooked because of its famous neighbor, Portofino. Stretches of the beach are accentuated by the tall, colorful houses that dot the coastline, drawing visitors from all over the world.

Once a quiet fishing village, Camogli is now a culinary lover’s delight. The town bakeries ensure you can find the perfect treat or snack, while the quaint restaurants and cafés serve up some of the best fresh seafood and pesto sauce you will ever taste! When you are ready to work off some of that delicious food, walk around and explore Camogli’s attractions, like the Camogli Lighthouse and the Castle of Dragonara.

4. Scaligero Castle

Sirmione

A visit to Scaligero Castle makes you feel as if you have been transported back to the Middle Ages. This well-preserved medieval castle sits on the banks of Lake Garda and is one of the many hidden gems in Italy. The castle, built in the 13th century, is a fantastic place to explore. 

Scaligero Castle has everything from a remarkable drawbridge to a tremendous fortified harbor and moat! If you climb to the top of the castle, you are rewarded with extraordinary views of Lake Garda. No matter what, don’t miss an opportunity to visit Scaligero Castle and the Lake Garda area. You won’t regret it!

5. Cornaiano

Cornaiano is a small Italian town along the South Tyrolean Wine Route near the foothills of the Dolomite Mountains. This small village is surrounded by miles of hiking and biking trails that wind through the Italian countryside. The area’s many wineries and vineyards are another reason to visit Cornaiano. Combining all this with the great food and spectacular views of Cornaiano, you can easily see why it is one of the best hidden places in Italy. 

6. Bogliasco

Another fabulous, lesser-known place in Italy is the coastal town of Bogliasco. Thanks to its location on the western coast of Italy, Bogliasco boasts impressive seaside views. As you wander through town, you are surrounded by colorful Italian houses and charming cafés. Enjoy some fresh Mediterranean food with a view by dining al fresco while in Bogliasco before enjoying a glass of wine by the ocean. You will quickly see why this town hosts such a fabulous little community.

7. Trieste

Trieste is a hidden gem in Italy with a unique style. One such aspect that illustrates the uniqueness of Trieste is the town’s dialect, which combines Greek, Croatian, Austrian-German, and Italian. This unique dialect is attributed to the fact that numerous cultures have influenced the region throughout its history.

Located on a slip of land that borders Slovenia, Trieste is a beautiful mix of historic buildings, excellent museums, and fabulous seaside views. The harbor is filled with beautiful yachts, and the Piazza Unita Italia hugs the sea’s edge. History lovers will want to visit the many historic sites throughout town, including the Roman Amphitheatre, the Trieste Cathedral, and the Castle of Saint Giusto. After exploring Trieste’s beaches and surrounding vineyards, you will surely fall in love with this Italian gem.

8. The Trulli Houses

Alberobello

The central-southern area of Puglia, Italy, is home to a unique style of home called the trullo (or Trulli in the plural tense). These homes, made of limestone with conical roofs, are generally painted white and constructed using dry-stone masonry, meaning they do not contain any mortar. Head to the town of Alberobello to see a grouping of over 1,500 of these homes. The city is so unique that it is now a UNESCO World Heritage site!

Be sure to visit Trullo Sovrano during your visit. Trullo Sovrano is the only trullo with two stories. Once inside, you can tour the trullo and visit the small museum. After your tour, grab a gelato from Arte Fredda Gelateria before checking out the Sant’Antonio Church.

9. Ostia Antica

When we visited Ostia Antica during the busy summer tourist season, I was surprised to see how few people made the 45-minute trip from Rome to this ancient seaport town. The city, full of incredible ruins that allow your imagination to run wild, is a must-see gem in Italy. Walk along the ancient streets to see Ostia’s incredible theater (still used for concerts today) before touring the small museum to view some of the statues at the site. 

Of course, like most ancient Roman towns, there is evidence of a grand Forum and a large bathhouse. The remaining mosaic at the bathhouse illustrates Neptune riding four horses along the ocean’s waves and is in remarkable shape, given its age. As you wander through the streets of Ostia Antica, keep your eyes peeled for hidden clues as to the purpose of the different buildings. Some have mosaics outside that serve as ancient signs illustrating their purpose. Ostia Antica is a little hidden gem in Italy that makes for an easy day trip from Rome. Visiting is like stepping back in time.

Please visit the Ostia Antica website for ticket prices and opening hours information.

10. Antholz Valley

South Tyrol

In the northern section of Italy, close to the border of Austria, lies a breathtaking, storybook-like destination known as the Antholz Valley. The valley, most famous for its Biathlon Center, is an authentic Italian hidden gem for any outdoor enthusiast. During the winter months, the Antholz Valley is packed with skiers enjoying the tremendous mountainous terrain, and in the summer, the hills come alive with hikers and nature lovers.

One of the most popular places to enjoy hiking and skiing is the Rieserferner-Ahrn Nature Park. This vast park encompasses over 31,000 hectares (well over 76,500 acres) and contains many glaciers. If you want a more relaxing hike, you should visit the flat terrain surrounding the beautiful Lake Antholz, located next door to the Biathlon Center. Take time to explore the region’s delicious cuisine and taste some homemade Grappa to round out your experience in this pristine valley.

Pro Tip: Ask A Local

To explore the lesser-known regions of Italy is to truly experience the authentic charm associated with the country’s different regions. While visiting the larger cities, I often ask the locals what hidden gems they recommend. Specifically, I ask them to tell me where they like to escape when they want a few days away from the hustle and bustle of everyday life. This question has opened so many doors to discovering the many hidden gems that Italy has to offer.

Related Reading:

• 17 Adorable Towns To Visit In Italy In 2023
• I’ve Lived In Italy For 15 Years — 8 Experiences I Tell Visitors Not To Miss
• 7 Best Experiences In Italy, According To A Third-Generation Tour Operator

May is probably the best month of the year, don’t you agree? Warm enough to sit outside on cafe terraces, cool enough to walk around exploring a city without breaking into a sweat. Trees decked in young, fresh green leaves, flowers still popping up everywhere, and people smiling at the sunshine. It’s quite simply a perfect month to travel to Europe and enjoy city life.

While probably every single European city is lovely to visit in May, some have a little something extra to offer. This is my selection of favorites for you to sample and plan for.

1. Hamburg, Germany

Hamburg, my hometown, is a great city to visit year-round. Hamburg has beautiful architecture; great river and lake walks; more bridges than Amsterdam, Venice, and Stockholm together, each with a photogenic view of the city and its many swans; a huge biannual fairground fest; the Dom; and plenty of good shopping, restaurants, and cafes. But, if you had to choose one reason and one time to visit, choose the first weekend in May. The world’s biggest harbor festival, the Hamburger Hafengeburtstag, the Hamburg Harbor’s birthday, is a spectacle not to be missed.

The river Elbe fills with historic tall ships, cruise ships, sailing and motorboats, fire-ships, tugboats, basically anything that floats. There is barely a drop of water visible between the boats. Ship parades, music events, the aforementioned funfair, fireworks, food stalls, and much more all get crammed into one weekend, and it couldn’t be more spectacular.

Pro Tip: Book early and get yourself a room with a view in the Hotel Hafen Hamburg, or at least a table on the terrace for a meal with the best view in town.

2. Bath, UK

After my hometown comes the city where I got married. Beautiful Bath is even more beautiful in May. The parks are alive and the pedestrianized streets filled with chairs and tables to sit out with a Jane Austen novel at the ready, enjoying the historic surroundings. While that would generally be enough to relish Bath to the fullest, the Bath Festival is the cherry on top. Ten days are crammed full of classical and other concerts, debates on culture and arts, and all sorts of events taking over many historic buildings and outdoor locations, making the most out of Bath’s architectural marvels.

Pro Tip: Book yourself lunch at The Hive Restaurant right by the fabulous Pulteney Bridge, a UNESCO World Heritage site overlooking the Avon weir. The food is good, too.

3. Coopers Hill, Gloucester, UK

While you are in Bath in May, take the opportunity to visit one of the world’s weirdest festivals: the annual Cheese Rolling Festival in Gloucestershire, some 37 miles north of Bath. Seriously silly and dangerous to join, but fun to watch: Every year, a gigantic wheel of Double Gloucester cheese is rolled down a very steep, 1:2 gradient hill, and a bunch of contestants, taking this very seriously indeed, try to catch it. First across the line, wins. The festival, which is now made up of four races, is said to have started in the 15th century, I am guessing by someone who dropped their cheese, tried to catch it, and thought he’d bring some friends along to join in the fun, and attracts lots of people cheering on those chasing the cheese.

Pro Tip: Rent a car and take the country roads, not the motorway, between Bath and Gloucester, as this is part of the Cotswolds, and you stumble across one village (or pub) more inviting than the next as you go.

4. Florence, Italy

Italy, even northern Italy, is simply too hot to enjoy in summer, and yet the crowds get unsurmountable and take the fun out of la dolce vita. Florence especially gets very crowded, and the queues for the Uffizi simply mind-bogglingly long. Come early in May, though, and you can enjoy the gorgeous gardens in bloom, such as the Rose Garden with its panoramic views across Florence, and take in the historic flag-throwing event, the Trofeo Marzocco, that takes place each May 1 on the Piazza della Signoria. May 1 is also Labor Day, which means many businesses are closed and people are enjoying a day off work, but generally, the crowds are more local than touristy.

Pro Tip: On the first Sunday in May, in fact, every month, a lovely antique market takes place in the small town of Fiesole on Florence’s doorstep. Great for some unusual souvenirs.

5. London, UK

London from late spring to early summer is perfect for strolling through the lanes, enjoying feeding the squirrels in the parks, and hanging around the Thames soaking up sun rays. But there is one event that makes a May visit even more interesting: The Chelsea Flower Show. Even if you are not normally keen on groomed parks and organized flowers, this is the best of the best, in England at least. Royals and international celebrities flock there, having flowers named after them, and the sheer size and selection of blooms are amazing regardless of if you have a green thumb.

Schedule in at least 2 or 3 hours if you are not extraordinarily fond of flowers. If you are, then plan to spend the day. You might even bump into the Queen.

Pro Tip: If, after all that nature, you could do with some contemporary art, the Saatchi Gallery is only steps away from the Royal Hospital Chelsea grounds.

6. Palma, Mallorca

Mallorca is one of the best-loved islands for Europeans. Especially the Germans and the English flock there. But don’t let that put you off, as the crowds tend to come in summer, and in May, you will have perfect balmy temperatures of 72.5-degree Fahrenheit highs and 59-degree lows with little rain. You can also enjoy the capital Palma on foot without breaking a sweat. Palma is a lovely old city full of history, a great marina where you can marvel at the royal family’s stunning yacht, and cobbled lanes full of boutiques selling sunny outfits and typically Spanish home decor items. It is also a great place to rent a car and enjoy the truly varied countryside of the largest Balearic island. Head for the mountains and enjoy the vistas.

Pro Tip: The Palma Vela sailing regatta sets off from Palma on April 28, racing around Palma Bay for 8 days, culminating in a grand finale on May 7. The regatta is accompanied by various events taking place around the Palma Marina.

7. Riga, Latvia

Riga is one of my favorite Baltic state capitals. It is perfectly walkable and historic and has superb restaurants and beer gardens, plus a daily fresh produce market located in a set of the most enormous hangars, designed to hold zeppelins, you have ever seen.

In May, the ancient city has emerged from its winter hibernation but its pubs, bars, and streets aren’t yet overrun with stag and hen (or bachelor and bachelorette) party revelers. In May, you can meander through the streets and explore without too much of a crowd and sit by the City Canal or take a boat ride, looking out for the ever-elusive beavers that reportedly live there.

Pro Tip: On May 4, Latvia celebrates the Day of the Restoration of Latvian Independence, with military parades held across the country. But this is a normal working day, and shops, museums, and restaurants remain open.

8. Bratislava, Slovakia

Bratislava is a delightful little capital city. It has a medieval part dotted with a selection of statues depicting weird and wonderful characters, from paparazzi to a man emerging from a manhole, and several other art trails. Outside the old town, there is an opera house, small but in grand style, a castle on a hill overlooking the town, plus a somewhat sci-fi and appropriately-named UFO viewing tower on the bridge across the Danube, with toilets offering spectacular views. In May, you don’t get the crowds, nor those stag parties that also have reached the area by now, and the temperatures are perfect even for climbing the castle hill.

Pro Tip: In late May, food stalls take over the streets of Bratislava, with the Slovakia Food Festival taking place. Do not forget to try the Lokse pancakes.

9. Girona, Spain

Girona, roughly halfway between Barcelona and the Pyrenees, is a superb but often overlooked city on the river Onya, a little reminiscent of Bilbao. In May, the temperatures are perfect for scaling and walking along the medieval city walls, as any later in the summer, it gets too hot. Equally, you can walk across the bridge, Pont de les Peixateries Velles, a Gustave Eiffel construction, and meander through the medieval streets spotting filming locations for Game of Thrones.

Pro Tip: In mid-May, the Girona Flower Festival takes place, showcasing art, kitsch, and many flowers across the city.

10. Madrid, Spain

Madrid doesn’t need many reasons to be on anybody’s travel itinerary, but in May, the city pulls out all the stops for the Fiesta de San Isidro, Madrid’s largest traditional festival. Celebrating the city’s patron saint San Isidro, the fiesta starts off with a procession of Giants and Bigheads, and continues during the week with countless music events, stalls, theater, and dance; basically, a great big, fun Spanish fiesta that ought not to be missed.

Pro Tip: In Spain, one fiesta rarely turns up alone, and on May 2, Dos de Mayo is celebrated in and around Plaza Dos de Mayo. Celebrating Madrid’s win against Napoleon’s armies in the early 1800s, there are military parades, concerts, sports events, and food and drink. 

11. Venice, Italy

You might have missed Carnivale this year, but Venice is always a good idea, especially in spring. And in April, there is another reason to pop over to the canal city: The Venice Biennale. In 2023, its focus on architecture will be one of the world’s most important art festivals. Opening in late April and continuing until late November, more than 200 artists from around the globe showcase their work at the Biennale. There are often additional exhibitions throughout the city at stunning locations such as the Gallerie dell’Accademia.

Pro Tip: Even a watery city like Venice has its spring blossoms, and during early May, many walled gardens showcase wisteria blooms creeping over the walls. They are especially spectacular in the Royal Gardens.

For the most incredible European destinations:

• 10 Amazing European Destinations That Feel Like Time Stood Still
• My 13 Favorite European Cities To Avoid The Crowds
• 10 Amazing Experiences In Europe’s Most Gorgeous Parks

Tucked quietly on Ireland’s South Coast, Kinsale is a gem of a town that encapsulates the quintessential Emerald Isle experience. This coastal enclave in County Cork is famous for its candy-colored homes and buildings with swaths of hot pink, bright yellow, bold orange, and gorgeous greens painting a rainbow so charming, you might just expect to find a pot of gold in town. Kinsale welcomes throngs of visitors in the summer months, some of whom make the sailing mecca their holiday hotspot and others who stumble upon the town as they travel the 1,500-mile-long coastal road known as the Wild Atlantic Way. 

From its historic attractions, waterfront walking paths, and cozy inns to its globally-recognized culinary scene and legendary Irish hospitality, Kinsale is a place that takes up space in your heart that’ll only make you yearn for your next visit.

Here are seven reasons to push Kinsale to the top of your travel plans in 2023. 

1. Outstanding Culinary Chops 

Wildly popular food-centric events through the decades including a gourmet festival, nationally-recognized chowder cook-off, and street food festival, have helped earn Kinsale its reputation as the Gourmet Capital of Ireland. Fueled by The Good Food Circle; an elite consortium of restaurateurs, in addition to fun food tours, cookery courses, a rich tapestry of local food and drink artisans, and a wide spectrum of dining options ranging from formal to pub favorites prove Kinsale’s culinary scene is second to none. 

Kinsale’s restaurant roster is a blend of time-loved stalwarts and new names making a splash. Jim Edwards Bar & Restaurant has been a favorite of locals and visitors alike for more than 50 years, while the carrot-colored Bulman Bar & Toddies Restaurant (simply called The Bulman by locals) on the outskirts of town is worth a stop on your way to or from Charles Fort. To watch a rugby match, pull up a seat at the long, hand-carved wooden bar at Oscar Madisons in the heart of downtown. Fishy Fishy might just be Kinsale’s most famous restaurant, best known for serving locally-caught seafood while its wine bar, dubbed The Blue Room, is perfect for small plates. 

2. History Beyond Compare

A star-shaped medieval coastal fortress, a 16th-century castle, a church originally built in 1190 that has remained in continuous use through the present day… if it’s astounding history you seek, Kinsale delivers. 

Constructed between 1677 and 1682, Charles Fort is one of the largest and most visited military installations in Ireland. Nestled among the rolling green hills just beyond Summercove, the fort (complete with drawbridge) overlooks the Old Head of Kinsale and affords sweeping views of Kinsale harbor dotted with handsome yachts and dinghies, and just beyond a panorama of the town. 

Wear a sturdy pair of walking shoes when you visit as there are 12 acres within the walls to explore, and if that’s not enough, there’s the Charles Fort Walk, a well-marked footpath with captivating views of coastal headlands and bucolic countryside.

3. Cozy To Contemporary Accommodations

A fishing port for centuries, Kinsale’s tourism sector grew to become one of its leading revenue generators over the past century, and places to stay kept pace. Centrally located amid the town’s quintessentially Irish narrow winding streets, The White House is a family-run boutique Georgian three-story guesthouse with all the charm of a cozy inn but meets all the demands of the modern traveler. 

If mobility isn’t an issue, as there isn’t an elevator, opt for room 10 on the top floor. An in-house pub, The Fifth Ward Bar, was named after the Irish neighborhood of the same name in Newport, Rhode Island, as the towns share an official “sister city” relationship. The restaurant here is well known for its seafood chowder, traditional fish and chips, and fresh catch of the day. 

The Actons Hotel has been a harborside haven for more than 75 years. One of the largest full-service hotels in town, you’ll love the array of on-site amenities including Kinsale’s only swimming pool, (it’s an indoor pool), a separate children’s pool, and a two-story fitness center. Don’t miss the hotel’s afternoon tea, where the finger sandwiches, pastries, and cakes are a delight. No matter where you stay, you’ll be doing yourself a favor by purchasing a pack of universal plugs/electrical adapters. Hotel rooms don’t usually have them stocked in-room and you’re likely going to need more than one at once, from hair dryers to chargers for electronics. 

4. Not-To-Miss Attractions 

In the spring of 1915, during the second year of World War I, the luxury British ocean liner RMS Lusitania was struck by a German torpedo 14 miles off the Old Head of Kinsale. Today, the Lusitania Museum and Old Head Signal Tower in Kinsale is home to the Lusitania Memorial Garden, a tribute to the 1,200 people lost, the survivors, and the steamship’s final resting place. Just steps away, you’ll find the restored Old Head Signal Tower, built during the Napoleonic wars as Ireland prepared for the threat of a French invasion. If you climb the three floors to the top, you’ll be rewarded with a commanding view. 

About an hour north — and well worth the trek — is a seafaring tribute of another sort. The Annie Moore Monument in Cobh, a striking bronze statue of a teenage girl with her two younger brothers, commemorates the massive wave of Irish immigration to the U.S. around the turn of the century. Named for the first emigrant to be processed on Ellis Island on January 1, 1892, you can learn about her voyage and her life of hardship in New York at the Cobh Heritage Centre.

A simple but powerful site that will stay with you for a long while is the Kinsale Garden of Remembrance. Just beyond a red gate, you’ll find rows of trees, 343 in total, planted to honor the victims of America’s attack on September 11. Overlooking a hilly grassland patchwork of green, the memorial is a somber place that makes a lasting impression.

5. It’s Great Outdoors

To get your daily steps in, head to the Scilly Walk, a 2.2-mile out-and-back trail that’s considered easy to navigate. Keep your eyes peeled for dolphins or seals as they’re known to pop their heads out of the sea along the walk. While getting back to nature is all about the flora and fauna, you’re missing out if you don’t make a pit stop for a pint or pub grub at The Spaniard, a charismatic pub originally built around 1650 on castle ruins. 

Kinsale’s sheltered harbor makes it ideal for water sports. Take paddleboard or kayaking tours with Atlantic Offshore Adventures or take their surf lessons at nearby Garretstown Beach. If it’s a windswept day, grab your camera and take in the adrenaline-hunting kite surfers. Home to the oldest regatta in Ireland, Kinsale is synonymous with sailing, and there’s ample opportunity to soak in the salty sea air on a harbor cruise or day sail. Even if it’s a balmy summer day, bring a jacket or warm sweater/sweater shirt as it can grow chilly by dusk. 

6. Doing Nothing Means Doing Everything

Kinsale is the kind of town where the best day might be spent without an itinerary at all. If your travel plans allow, set a day or good block of time aside to simply wander. Grab a coffee and breakfast at the brightly-hued Cosy Cafe, then mosey on down to the harbor’s edge where you can take a seat on the wall and take in the view. For more savory palates, opt for salt and vinegar chips, a.k.a. french fries, a local favorite! 

Explore the many boutiques — many of which stock the famous Irish woolen sweaters, and pop into galleries like the Giles Norman Gallery where you’ll be moved by the black and white Irish landscapes captured by one of the country’s most celebrated photographers. You can get a little more hands-on at the Kinsale Pottery and Arts Centre, the largest privately-run arts center in the south of Ireland. If you prefer a more formalized experience, Kinsale Heritage Town Walks is a great way to explore this historic medieval port town. 

Looking to move at a faster pace? Rent a bike for a self-guided tour of the town, or opt for an e-bike at Wild Atlantic Sports, which is a great alternative for travelers who might need some help on those hills. 

7. Easy Access To Nearby Points Of Interest 

Kinsale is idyllically located so that travelers can bask in the coastal port’s seaside charm but also be close to other extraordinary points of interest. Cork City is just over a half-hour’s drive and is a vibrant metropolitan city with a ton to do, see, and experience. Make your first stop at the English Market, where trading has been done since 1788. One of the oldest roofed markets in Europe, here you’ll find organic and locally produced food, fresh bread and pastries, hearty soups, meats, cheeses, fresh flowers, and more. 

About a half hour away, you’ll find the sprawling Jameson Distillery campus, a 15-acre expanse that includes the world’s largest pot still and a variety of tours and tasting experiences, so it’s easy to find the one right for your level of interest in Irish whiskey. Even if you’re a teetotaler, you’d find the Jameson story fascinating as the company will soon celebrate its 200th anniversary.

One of the things I love so much about France is that it is so green. Even within Paris, there are more than 100,000 trees and some 400 miles of streets lined with trees. Having lived in Paris with my dog, I was forever looking out for a nice forest at weekends for her to have a good run, and you can find them not just on the city’s doorstep, forests such as the Bois de Boulogne, but there are large forests within a handful of miles from the center. This is not something I have ever experienced in any other large city.

Heading further inland, you have a vast choice of forests, different in every region. Personally, I am a fan of a deciduous forest, one that changes according to the season, changing the color of the leaves and dropping them over winter, only to start up again in spring with that fresh, young green. But there are also coniferous forests, usually found in slightly colder climates, such as those found in the southeast of France near the Alps. That said, one of my favorite forests, pine, in France is found along the southwest Atlantic Coast, where it is nice and warm.

Here are some of my favorite forests worth exploring, for many personal reasons, in no particular order, and simply because I know that region best, quite a few within easy reach of the capital.

1. Forêt De Fontainebleau

Seine-et-Marne

Just 37 miles south of Paris lies the Château de Fontainebleau, formerly a fort, later turned into a swanky palace, and the only château in France which played home to each and every king of France over a span of nearly 800 years. And the kings loved to hunt, so the 25,000 hectares (61,776 acres) of forest surrounding the grounds were a perfect addition. The forest is a UNESCO-recognized biosphere reserve and home to hundreds of thousands of plant species and more than 50 different kinds of mammals, including deer, a firm favorite with the kings’ hunting parties.

On my first visit, I thought I could combine walkies with a bit of history, but, alas, no dogs were allowed into the château’s grounds. So, it was longer walkies instead. It has always been fun to just stop somewhere and explore the forest, including one time, when I arrived at the perfect time for the entire forest floor to be covered in bluebells. Absolutely stunning, but I did not dare to walk the dog, for fear of her — and me — trampling those delicate flowers. But what a sight!

Pro Tip: If you are not sure where to start, there is a guide that you can buy at the local tourism information bureau and which lists some 20 trails crisscrossing the forest.

2. Bois De Boulogne

Paris

This was my regular weekend place to walk through the forest, let the dog off the lead, smell the forest, walk around the various lakes inside it, and enjoy the different seasons. There is a tall ginkgo tree right between Lac Superieur, the upper lake, and Lac Inferieur, the lower lake, which turns bright yellow in autumn, making for a spectacular sight.

For after your walk, a small kiosk sells not only good coffee but some decent pommes frites as well. Walk along to the Caverne du Cascade, another pond with a faux-waterfall, to see plenty of ducks and even some capybaras — which made a home there after reportedly being released into the wild by an unhappy pet owner. There are also some giant sequoias, which are my favorite trees in the park.

Pro Tip: Right by the park lies the restaurant La Grande Cascade, an Art Nouveau beauty. This is pricey fine dining in a gorgeous setting. You might want to change out of your walking gear first for this one.

3. Forêt Domaniale De Meudon

Hautes-de-Seine

This forest in a southwestern suburb of Paris has it all: a château, an observatory, and endless trails through the forest. Once the hunting grounds of the Lord of Meudon, who built the palace in the 17^th century, there are also duck ponds, and even a selection of megalithic menhirs dotted throughout the forest.

While most people head to the side of the château and walk there — which is also lovely — my favorite part is on the right coming from Meudon, by the Etang de Meudon, the lake. Here you can clamber to the top of the hill, right next to the restaurant La Terrasse de l’Etang, which has superb food and a great terrace overlooking the lake. Turn left by the wall and meander through the forest, until you head down again to the lake. The forest is home to the loveliest little striped squirrels, plus some red squirrels, and the lake is lively with ducks and swans.

Pro Tip: While you are there, head to the Meudon Rodin Museum, the former home of Rodin in Meudon. It makes a great addition to the Musée Rodin in Paris.

4. La Forêt Des Landes

Les Landes, Gascogne

This forest provided shelter when I went camping in the southwest of France along the Atlantic Coast as a child with my parents. It is a pine forest that stretches from the Arcachon Basin all the way down toward Biarritz, the corner of the region, where France borders Spain. This part of France was once a flat wasteland of sand, stagnant swamps, and moors, unsuitable to habitation, with nothing much to recommend it.

It was Napoleon III — the same guy who together with Baron Haussmann also turned Paris into the Paris we all love — who saw the potential of the land and ordered the inhabitants to build drainage channels and plant the tall maritime pine trees that are so iconic of the region. Today, the forest is the largest man-made woodland in Western Europe and is not only still providing the population with various industries, but also some of my childhood’s favorite campsites and beach vacation places with shade.

This area is one of France’s most popular vacation regions, with the forest and the nearby endless sandy beaches providing many choices of activities, from horseback riding to biking and from hiking to surfing.

Pro Tip: Explore the region around Arcachon, the wonderful Cap Ferret peninsula, the Dune du Pilat, Europe’s tallest sand dune, and indulge in Arcachon’s famous oysters.

5. Irati Forest

Basque Country

In the western Pyrenees, stretching across the borders of France and Spain in the heart of the Basque Country, lies the Irati Forest. As easily reached from Biarritz as from San Sebastian, the forest — and the mountain range — lie between the Atlantic and Mediterranean coasts of France. This forest is about as wild as it gets in western Europe, with large stretches completely uninhabited and inaccessible unless on foot.

Despite being a managed forest, there is so much space dedicated to nature instead of to humans that you can find a plethora of wildlife, from deer to wild boar, even wolves, to a thriving bird population, including plenty of woodpeckers, and migratory birds such as the griffon vulture. It is well worth bringing your binoculars when going on a hike. But with the vast area of the forest, it’s better to either follow marked trails or go with a group and guide. These links are from the Spanish side but include maps, so you can reach the points from France as well.

Pro Tip: The nearest relatively large community in the area on the French side is probably Saint-Jean-Pied-de-Port. In and around the small town lie plenty of rural hotels, campsites, and RV parks, from where you can reach into the forest. It is also part of the Camino de Santiago.

6. Forêt d’Huelgoat

Brittany

This quite-magical forest is strewn with gigantic moss-covered boulders, which were tossed — according to local legend — during a tantrum thrown by Gargantua, a giant. You can find it in central Brittany near the small community of Huelgoat. Walking through the dense forest, watered by the Argent river, you come across not only gigantic rocks but also all sorts of other mythical places.

There is the Ménage de la Vierge, locally believed to be the Virgin Mary’s first house; there is the Camp d’Artus, King Arthur’s campsite, and there is one rock in particular, which, if you find just the right spot, you can move. Not roll away, luckily, as it weighs more than 100 tons, but you can make it sort of shiver.

Near the forest are more delights, such as a valley full of boulders in the nearby Gorges du Corong, and another valley that is full of saints. The Vallee des Saints is an ongoing project that will eventually see 1,000 statues representing Brittany’s saints dotted throughout. Today there are around 50 statues, and you can even sponsor one if you wish to leave your mark in Brittany.

Pro Tip: Brittany is perfect for a road trip, setting off from, for example, Saint-Malo, and winding your way along the coast, occasionally dipping in for sights and experiences such as the Forest of Huelgoat.

I will be the first to admit it: I think I am a princess! So when the opportunity to visit Germany came along, I jumped. I knew Germany had a great collection of impressive castles, so I couldn’t wait to visit as many as possible.

While researching my trip to Germany, I quickly became overwhelmed by the sheer number of castles that dot the countryside of this magnificent country. Bound and determined to make the most of my time there, I set out to create an itinerary that included as many fairy-tale castles as possible, and I succeeded!

German castles have inspired fairy tales; one iconic castle even inspired Walt Disney to create his castle, so I knew I was in for a treat. I hope this list of fairy-tale castles in Germany will inspire you.

1. Neuschwanstein Castle

Fussen, Germany

If a proper fairy-tale castle is what you are searching for, Neuschwanstein Castle delivers! Located in the heart of Bavaria in a small town called Fussen, Neuschwanstein Castle is an absolute dream.

This 19th-century Romanesque Revival palace was constructed by King Ludwig II of Bavaria and was his home until being opened to the public in 1886 after his death. Neuschwanstein Castle paints the perfect postcard picture as it sits high on the hillside, surrounded by lush forest. The foothills and lake behind the castle help to complete the picturesque scene, helping to evoke that fairy-tale feeling.

You can only gain access to the castle through a private tour, and once inside, you will continue to be delighted. Seeing the Grand Hall, the Throne Room, and Ludwig’s bedroom are a few highlights of the tour. I especially loved the beautiful mosaics and murals that decorated the castle.

After parking in the nearby village of Hohenschwangau, you have three choices to get to the castle. You can walk the 1.5 kilometers (0.93 miles) uphill, take a horse-drawn carriage, or ride the shuttle bus. It is important to note that neither the horse-drawn carriage nor the shuttle bus gets you all the way to the castle. If you ride the carriage, you will still have to walk about 10-15 minutes uphill, and if you ride the shuttle bus, you will have to walk 10-15 minutes downhill to get to the castle entrance.

Pro Tip: Be sure to purchase your at the ticket office in Hohenschwangau before making your way up to the castle. If you forget to do this, you have to go back into the village to purchase a ticket before you are allowed to enter the castle.

2. Burg Eltz

Münstermaifeld, Germany

The enchanting castle of Burg Eltz is hidden deep inside a beautiful forest, perched high atop a 70-meter-high rock near the Moselle River in Germany. Having been in the care of the Eltz family for over 700 years, Burg Eltz boasts many of its original furnishings, pieces of artwork, and fine porcelain and silver, making this a unique castle in Germany to visit.

After hiking through the woodsy forest, I first looked at Burg Eltz from the forest floor below the rocky outcropping. The castle loomed over me with its many towers, pointed turrets, and high stone walls. It indeed was a scene out of a fairy tale! Of course, if you don’t want to trek through the forest to access Burg Eltz, you don’t have to. After parking in the designated area, visitors who arrive by car access the castle via a narrow cobblestone bridge that is highly picturesque.

During the guided tour of the castle, visitors are introduced to the history of the castle and the family through fascinating stories and artifacts. Learning that the castle has never been overtaken during times of war is incredible, given its long-standing history. As you tour the castle, take note of the original 15th-century kitchen and the suits of armor in the Knights’ Hall.

Pro Tip: Burg Eltz closes for winter break every year beginning in November. They reopen in April. Check their website before planning a trip to visit this fantastic castle.

3. Burghausen Castle

Burghausen, Germany

If sprawling castle complexes are your idea of the perfect castle, you need to add Burghausen Castle to your itinerary. Located in Upper Bavaria, this castle complex measures 1,051 meters long. The complex comprises the main castle, an inner courtyard, and five outer courtyards.

Visiting Burghausen Castle makes you feel like you have been transported back in time. From the almost fully intact ring of castle walls to the incredible towers and buildings within the castle walls, it is apparent that the duke of Bavaria, who designed the complex, wanted a true castle stronghold. A portion of the castle grounds is now dedicated to the castle museum, which houses numerous pieces of artwork. Be sure to check it out during your visit. I love that the castle offers several different themed tours for guests, and all are reasonably priced compared to other tours.

The castle grounds are accessible from the parking area by paved, mostly flat surfaces. Once inside, you can reach the museum ticket office and shop using a separate entrance to the left of the keep. Unfortunately, due to the historic nature of the building, there is no elevator to access the State Castle Museum in the Palas. You must climb a wooden staircase to access this area. Please visit the Burghausen Castle website for information on castle access, operating hours, and prices.

Pro Tip: During your visit, explore the working brewery and bakery on the castle grounds. Also, don’t miss the view from the platform on the castle’s roof!

4. Reichsburgh Castle (Cochem Castle)

Cochem, Germany

Reichsburgh Castle, also called Cochem Castle, sit high atop a hill overlooking the Moselle River town of Cochem, Germany. The origins of Reichsburgh Castle date back to the 1100s, but only portions of this original structure remain today. The castle has been rebuilt several times to arrive at the magnificent neo-Gothic building you see before you today.

Reichsburgh Castle offers visitors the opportunity to explore the castle thanks to various fun and unique tours. You can take the traditional castle tour, a lantern tour, or a servant tour. In addition to unique tour offerings, Reichsburgh Castle hosts numerous events throughout the year, including a Christmas celebration, a gourmet food festival, and a champagne gala.

You can take the Reichsburgh shuttle bus from the town of Cochem to get to the castle. It is important to note that due to the historic nature of the castle, there is no wheelchair accessibility. Access to the castle grounds does require visitors to be able to navigate uneven ground and stairs.

For more information on accessibility, tour prices, and operating hours, please visit the Reichsburgh Castle website.

5. Hohenschwangau Castle

Schwangau, Germany

Hohenschwangau Castle is another Bavarian castle that seems as if it was plucked from the pages of a storybook. The castle, which stood in ruin for many years, was acquired by King Ludwig’s father, Maximilian II, in the 1800s and transformed into the romantic castle you see before you today.

The historic castle walls tell stories of knighthood and chivalry thanks to the ornate paintings commissioned by Maximilian. The romance of the castle continues as you step into the grand halls and chambers, many of which contain the original furnishings that King Ludwig was surrounded by during his youth. I loved the beautiful swan fountain in the castle garden. Be sure to look for it during your tour!

The castle is only accessible via a guided tour that lasts about 45 minutes. You can purchase tickets to tour the castle in person at the ticket center or online. Purchase your ticket online to ensure you have a reservation for your desired tour time.

Pro Tip: You can tour Hohenschwangau Castle and Neuschwanstein Castle on the same day if you would like. Be sure to give yourself 2 to 3 hours in between tour times to ensure you have time to travel between the two castles.

6. Wernigerode Castle

Wernigerode, Germany

Wernigerode Castle is a medieval fortified castle that sits in central Germany near the town of Wernigerode. While the castle before you dates back to the 19^th century, the site has been home to fortresses dating back to medieval times. The castle is a mix of several architectural styles, each illustrating the modifications it has experienced throughout the years.

Stepping into the castle, you feel as though you have been immersed in history. The 2-hour guided tour takes you through about 50 rooms of the castle, all of which served their own unique purpose for the German nobility that called Wernigerode Castle home. Pay special attention to the timeless pieces of furnishing and art as you tour the historic castle. 

There is a train that takes visitors from town to the top of the castle and makes several stops in the town of Wernigerode. At the time of publication, the castle is not accessible to wheelchairs due to the historic nature of the building. Please visit the Wernigerode Castle website for more details and complete information.

Pro Tip: Take time to explore the town of Wernigerode while you are in the area. This picturesque village has a well-preserved medieval old town.

Have you ever wanted to go on holiday for the sole purpose of eating? I have! For me, food is an integral part of any holiday, just as important, perhaps more so, than my accommodations. Some people plan their itineraries around famous or historical sights, but foodies prefer to research which cities have the best food to enhance our overall travel experience. For serious flavor hunters, going on a holiday is the perfect chance to seek out truly memorable meals.

Europe is home to so many different cultures and cuisines, and has so many incredibly diverse options for dining, that it almost feels impossible to choose the best cities for food. Luckily, there are a few cities that stand out. I’ve given this a lot of thought and, in no particular order, share my favorite food destinations in Europe. So, eat your heart out!

1. Bologna, Italy

I could fill this entire list with Italian cities. But in the heart of Italy is one of Europe’s best-kept foodie secrets: Bologna. Italians affectionately refer to Bologna as La Grassa, “the Fat One,” so leave your diet at home and prepare to indulge…

Parmesan Cheese, Balsamic Vinegar, Prosciutto, And Ragu

The region is home to more than 40 protected Denominazione Origine Protetta (DOP) products, including mortadella, Parmigiano-Reggiano cheese, balsamic vinegar, and prosciutto de Parma. This is definitely the place to linger over antipasti platters of cured meats and cheeses.

Quintessential Bolognese specialties include tortellini, tagliatelli, and the meat ragu we commonly refer to as Bolognese (though residents of Bologna do not), and with over 100 gelaterias in the city, you have endless delicious options to choose from. With countless trattorias serving up traditional pastas and wine cheaper than water, it’s no surprise that Bologna has been crowned the gastronomic capital of Italy.

Walking around Bologna, you’ll discover many sfoglinas, women who make pasta by hand. Tortellini al Ragu and Lasagna al Ragu are two of my favorite dishes to eat here. The ragu, made with a mix of pork and beef, is cooked for hours with wine, vegetables, and tomatoes resulting in a delicious, rich, flavourful sauce.

Another favorite is Tortellini in Brood, tiny squares of pasta stuffed with a pork filling and shaped into a small, hat-like pasta shape, which is eaten with a meat-based broth and topped off with parmesan cheese.

Mercato Di Mezzo: A Must-Stop For Coffee And Lardo Pesto

Mercato di Mezzo (Middle Market) is a covered market offering local food and wine products in the center of Bologna. There has been a market in this spot since the Middle Ages and it’s open every day. The market is located in the middle of a dense network of narrow pedestrian streets known as the Quadrilatero.

Together with the market, this roughly square-shaped area has been the center of food commerce in Bologna for centuries. There are seemingly endless food shops to browse in, as well as cafes and bars where you can sit down to try local snacks, like Lardo Pesto, a sandwich of tigelle bread (a flatbread not dissimilar from an English muffin) filled with lard, garlic, and rosemary — it’s a lot better than it sounds!

Pro Tip: You can take a day trip to Modena for a Balsamic Vinegar tasting or to the countryside near Parma to see how Parmesan cheese is made — I recommend both! 

2. Copenhagen, Denmark

Copenhagen is an unassuming destination for food. The city, known for its minimalist style, high standard of living, and for being one of the happiest places on earth, also has an incredibly vibrant food scene. A few years ago, the capital city of Denmark was famous primarily for its statue of the Little Mermaid and its beautiful location by the sea, but now it’s on the foodie radar for its 15 Michelin-starred restaurants — an incredible concentration of culinary talent in such a small city.

The New Nordic Movement

Copenhagen’s reputation as a fine dining destination has really only emerged in the past decade or so, especially as the New Nordic movement transformed the local restaurant scene.

In 2004, Danish culinary entrepreneur Claus Meyer gathered together 12 visionary chefs from Denmark, Sweden, Norway, Iceland, Greenland, Faroe Island, and Finland, and together they created a culinary manifesto to guide their cuisine, based on a commitment to organic, sustainable, and local produce. The simple yet innovative style quickly took off. In recent years, many affordable New Nordic options have appeared, and you can seek out delicious local specialties without breaking the bank.

Smorrebrod And Danish Hotdogs

For lunch, look for something that is typical to Denmark: open-faced sandwiches known as smorrebrod, typically served on rye bread and topped with a rainbow of ingredients like herring, meats, or vegetables. Alternatively, grab a Danish hotdog, topped with fried onions and pickles. The best hot dogs on the streets of Copenhagen are said to be from DØP, an organic hot dog stand.

Wienerbrød (AKA Danishes) And Other Next-Level Pastries

The pastry scene in Copenhagen is also next level. From Wienerbrød (called Danishes in the U.S.) filled with cream and topped with an almond-flavored frosting to cardamom buns and cinnamon buns topped with chocolate, you really can’t go wrong with the pastries in Denmark.

Copenhagen Food Tour And Restaurant Recommendations

For a really memorable dining experience, two special Copenhagen restaurants to check out are Restaurant AOC and Geranium, they may be a little less famous than some of the other fine dining establishments in town but both offer one-of-a-kind dining experiences.

Pro Tip: You can master the art of Danish pastry making during a 3-hour tour or take a tour of the best food stands in Copenhagen, where you can sample a range of Danish and Nordic specialties.

3. Lyon, France

Lyon is often hailed as the gastronomic capital of France. It was the center of the French nouvelle cuisine movement, pioneered by legendary chef Paul Bocuse (1926–2018), who aimed to lighten up French cooking, both in terms of calories and pretention. The late chef owned several restaurants in Lyon, the most famous being l’Auberge du Pont de Collonges, a two-star Michelin restaurant where you can still eat if you book far enough in advance. Bocuse inspired the whole of Lyon to a higher standard of food, and there are fantastic restaurants, in great locations, serving some of the best food in the region.

Rue Saint-Jean’s Authentic Bouchons

If you want to splurge, there are 21 Michelin-starred restaurants to choose from in Lyon. But traditional local restaurants, known as bouchons, offer great value. The best are officially recognized by the Chamber of Commerce and easily identified by a seal in their windows. Bouchons aren’t like typical, stuffy, expensive French restaurants. Here you can expect to find French comfort food like gratin, sausages, French onion soup, locally sourced pork and beef, and traditional salads. There are only about 20 authentic bouchons, the loveliest of which can be found on rue Saint-Jean — grab a table at any of them and order coq au vin and cardon au gratin (cardon is a relative of the artichoke family).

Lyon’s Open-Air Markets

Open-air markets offer another opportunity for inexpensive dining. Stalls are stacked with glorious fruit and vegetables, delicious sausages, and the freshest of fish. Try Saint-Antoine for an old-school French market day or Les Halles, with its 48 vendors spread over three floors. 

Local specialties include

• salade Lyonnaise (topped with bacon and a fried egg)
• oval-shaped quenelle dumplings in seafood sauce,
• sausage and charcuterie that make use of every inch of the pig
• Beaujolais nouveau wine

Fun Fact: Due to its geographical location, Lyon is a melting pot of French gastronomy combining ingredients from all around France. With over 4,000 restaurants in the city, you are guaranteed to eat well in Lyon.

4. San Sebastian, Spain

Tapas Bars And Michelin Stars

Whether or not you’ve heard of San Sebastian, the one thing you definitely need to know about this Spanish coastal city is that its food scene is incredible. Boasting 11 Michelin-star restaurants (three of which have three stars) and countless tapas bars, this Northern Spanish city is considered one of the gastronomic capitals of Europe and an absolute paradise for food lovers.

At the top end of the spectrum, there’s Mugaritz, consistently in the top 10 on the list of the World’s 50 Best Restaurants and known for its highly experimental molecular gastronomy. The restaurant typically closes for 4 months each year so its team can recharge and prepare an entirely new menu for the next season, so you’ll need to plan your travels well in advance if you want to dine here.

Another, less well-known but no less fantastic San Sebastian restaurant is Akelarre, one of the few three Michelin star restaurants in the world that also has its own hotel.

Basque-Style Pintxos Bars

San Sebastian may have more Michelin stars per square foot than any other city in Europe, but those wanting a more casual (and cheaper!) dining experience need look no further than one of the city’s many charming pintxos bars. Pintxos is the Basque style of tapas, and the region’s true culinary claim to fame. Each little morsel is served on a stick, and it’s customary to limit yourself to just a couple at one bar before moving on.

Pintxos specialties, local to San Sebastian, include

• slow-cooked veal cheeks
• pimientos di padron (fried long green peppers)
• bacalao (salt cod)
• gilda, made with anchovy, olive, and hot pepper.

Most bars also have their own specialty, which is often served hot and made to order, so be sure to check what the locals are eating or ask your bartender what else is available. Wash down your selections with the local effervescent, txakoli wine, which has hints of citrus and green apple: the perfect accompaniment to San Sebastian’s beautiful seafood, straight from the Bay of Biscay.

Pro Tip: Another not-to-be-missed experience is a visit to a cider house, where the drinks are typically served alongside a set menu of salt cod omelet, cod with roasted peppers, aged beef, and local cheese. I recommend Txirrita Sagardotegia in the center of San Sebastian.

Following your stomach isn’t always the best advice in life, but a holiday built around food can be the perfect way to experience a country and a culture. I hope you’ll give some of my suggestions a try on your next European vacation. For more foodie inspiration, consider

• 9 Great Places To Eat In Taipei
• There Are Only 2 Certified Cities Of Gastronomy In The U.S. — Here’s Where, And Why You Should Eat In Both
• My 14 Absolute Favorite Meals I’ve Had On Vacation

Take the helm of a small craft and live aboard, plying the calm waters of a canal through the South of France. The Canal du Midi is the quintessential tree-lined canal. It is frequently pictured in guidebooks touting the charm to be discovered along its banks and in nearby villages on or near its course. It is the perfect setting to serve as le capitaine on a boat in France.

Cruising along a French canal is not exclusively for those renting a luxury barge that comes with a chef, hot tub, and a high price tag. You don’t need a license or prior experience sailing the Seven Seas to rent a craft and pilot it along one of the many French waterways.

My wife Patty and I have cruised the canals and rivers of France over the past 25 years. We have never owned a boat. We have now been on 10 self-piloted cruises on canals and rivers in France. A group even hired us to plan and escort them on a weeklong voyage on the Canal du Midi.

Pro Tip: Do not be intimidated if you are not a sailor. The boat rental company will provide a hands-on clinic to teach you how to drive the boat. The Canal du Midi is not wide or deep. If you follow the directions, your week as a riverboat captain will end on a high note.

Set Your Own Pace

What keeps us returning to vacation along France’s waterways is the pace of these journeys. The countryside takes on a fresh look from the deck of a boat. At a speed of not quite 4 miles per hour (6 km), landscapes slowly unfold. Around every bend, a pocket of the country you will never discover buzzing along a highway will be revealed.

Boaters choose where to dock. Mooring in remote areas provides shaded spots for a leisurely lunch followed by a siesta. If you choose, spend the night alone on a secluded bank and enjoy the sounds of the forest and a sky full of stars. If you dock in a town and like it, then stay another day.

Bicycles on board allow for ventures into the countryside to the chateaux, vineyards, and historic venues close to the canal. It is easy to arrange a taxi to meet you if a point of interest is further from your boat than you wish to pedal.

Pro Tip: Always have provisions for at least one meal aboard the craft. We once shoved off late in the day planning to stop along the way to shop. We arrived at our small port town destination after the shops had closed. It was also the lone restaurateur’s day off. We ate crackers left over from our flight for dinner due to our poor planning.

Enjoy One Of France’s Oldest Canals

Work on the Canal du Midi began during the reign of Louis XIV in 1667. It meanders for 150 miles through the south of France. The Mediterranean Sea and Atlantic Ocean were linked by this engineering marvel which served to transport goods and people along its path. The railroad rendered the canal obsolete in the 19^th century. Today the canal is dedicated to pleasure cruisers.

The Canal du Midi is our first choice when recommending a self-piloted barge trip in France to friends. Though it is possible to traverse the entire length of the canal in 10 or 12 days, we’ve opted to navigate it in bits and pieces. This allows for a leisurely pace and time to enjoy the countryside and relax quayside in the small port towns.

There are 2,700 miles of navigable rivers and canals in France from which to choose. The Canal du Midi is the furthest south, offering a better chance — though not a guarantee — of pleasant weather.

See Amazing Sights

You will wind along vineyards, woods, and through villages of the south of France. Depending upon your starting point and how long you plan to be on the boat, you can visit the cities of Carcassonne, Toulouse, and Bezier.

Carcassonne

Carcassonne is one of the most well-preserved medieval cities in all of Europe. High above the canal, the old city is a 20-minute walk from the port. The 53 towers have commanded a strategic position since the Romans ruled the region.

Toulouse

The canal passes through Toulouse, known as the “Pink City.” The city’s position at the junction of two canals assured its commercial success. Visit buildings dating to the Renaissance built by wealthy merchants and the Église des Jacobins, the site of the tomb of St. Thomas Aquinas. Toulouse is also home to France’s aerospace industry.

Belzier

In Bezier, you will find the nine locks of Fonseranes. This engineering feat allows boats to rise or fall nearly 70 feet via a series of locks and basins. Onlookers line the quays to watch boaters pass through the series of locks. We once invited a curious bystander to jump aboard and share the ride down the locks with us.

The host of colorful villages along the Étang de Thau provide welcoming ports where you can dock overnight. If you visit Sète during the Fête de la Saint-Louis, you will be treated to a nautical jousting competition in the city’s Royal Canal.

Bouzigues

In Bouzigues, famous for the oysters bearing the same name, you can visit the Musée de l’Étang de Thau. There are hosts of quayside restaurants in Marseillan and Mèze where you can enjoy the breeze over a leisurely lunch. Each presents its own charm and picking where to tie up along the Étang de Thau for the night will present a challenge as you plan your voyage.

Make New Friends

Fellow boaters are a social lot. Over the years we’ve traded stories with a Brit who was a sailor in World War II, an American couple who moved to Brittany on a whim, and many a pleasant lockkeeper. During early evenings in port, Patty and I have been invited aboard neighboring craft for an apero and we’ve hosted fellow travelers on our boat. The best is the lifelong friends we became with a couple from Vienna after they helped us navigate our very first lock.

Robert and Hanna’s boat was already in the lock we would share as it emptied, lowering us into the next basin. I jumped off the boat and began to tie up to a bollard as instructed in the book the rental company provided. Our Austrian companions in the lock coached us through tying up and battling the thrashing water as the lock emptied. I put aside the instruction book.

The slow pace of our cruise and the many locks our boats entered in tandem allowed for plenty of time to chat with our new European friends as we held our boats by ropes as the locks drained. By day two, Patty and I were having lunch on Robert and Hanna’s boat. We’d tie up amid fields and vineyards where we shared charcuterie, cheeses, and a salad. Over a few beers or glasses of wine, we passed time every day sharing stories before setting off for our afternoon’s cruise.

We stayed connected with Robert and Hanna for over 25 years. They’ve hosted us in Vienna several times. Hanna visited our home and family in the U.S. Over the years we scheduled subsequent canal cruises together and met for vacations in Europe. It was the most rewarding of our French canal boating experiences.

Pro Tip: Language is not a barrier. You can navigate the canals of France without fluency in the language. The staff of the boat rental vendor will explain how to manage the craft in English. However, you will be rewarded if you invest some time in picking up at least the pleasantries in French. It is possible to get by in English, though there may be a few conversations where the pointing and hand-gesturing method of communication will come in handy.

The Excitement Of Going For It

Piloting your own boat is challenging but not difficult. It’s relaxing. A bit like a beach vacation with something to do every day. Invite along traveling companions to assist and introduce them to life on a penichette. You will get along fine without a cook or staff. The Canal du Midi is every bit as beautiful from the deck of a small craft as it is for those on a fancy barge.

Thomas Jefferson enjoyed a trip on the Canal du Midi in 1787 and observed “of all the methods of traveling I have ever tried this is the pleasantest.” I agree wholeheartedly. Try your hand as a canal boat captain and see if you do as well.

Packing Tips

The boat rental company will provide suggestions about what to have on board. We never leave our first port without gloves, as wet ropes are unkind to the hands; a flashlight for each traveler; a knife, in the event you must cut a rope in an emergency; and a pantry, well-stocked with wine, water, and provisions for at least one meal.

When To Go

The Canal du Midi is a popular destination. We avoid July and August when the French vacation. Spring and fall provide lovely weather and smaller crowds, and the rental fees are reduced from their high season highs.

Pro Tip: There are frequent flights from Paris which makes Toulouse a good jumping-off spot for a vacation on the Canal du Midi. The ports along the canal where you will pick up your boat are easily reached by train or cab.

We have flown into Montpellier when starting our voyage closer to the Mediterranean. The port at Lattes is a short cab ride from the airport.

I’ve traveled around Greece many times and I’ve tried many Greek wines, but for some reason, once I’m back home, I don’t often follow up to buy any. I’m unsure why, because Greek wines are really good, but they just don’t seem as popular as those from Italy, France, and even Spain. Greek wine perhaps suffered in the past from a preconceived idea of it being cheaper, or not as “fine.” But if that was ever true at all, it certainly isn’t now.

If you haven’t tried Greek wine before, you’re in for a treat, and if you’ve already dipped your toes, here are some suggestions to get you trying a few more. I’ve started buying more at home and I’ll definitely be buying more Greek wines from now on.

1. Vidiano, Iliana Malihin

There are few things I love more than discovering a new grape, and when it’s a heritage grape from a specific location being brought back to life, I love it even more. The vidiano grape is indigenous to the island of Crete, where winemaker Iliana Malihin lives. She’s a dynamic winemaker who’s determined to make vidiano great again. With this white wine, she’s definitely on the right track. Flavors of peach, pear, and melon all come through in this vibrant wine. It pairs beautifully with a Greek salad, though, this is an intense wine and makes great for an evening meal rather than at lunchtime.

‘Wild Ferment’ Assyrtiko, Gaia Wines

Buy Now

2. ‘Wild Ferment’ Assyrtiko, Gaia Wines

The Assyriko vineyard is located in beautiful Santorini, where the vineyards date back 3,000 years. This one has been here since 1994, so there’s a lot of history and experience going into these wines. The ‘wild ferment’ Assyrtiko is so named because it’s a minimal-contact wine. It is left with skin contact for 12 hours; is an oaky, smokey wine; and is quite minerally, but with a tangy finish that makes it great for an evening with friends. I wouldn’t choose this one at lunch, but paired with a seafood meal, and with chocolate, it’s a wine with great depth that’s interesting and quite unique.

3. Malagousia PGI Epanomi 2022

The location of the Ktima Gerovassiliou vineyard, near the popular city of Thessaloniki in Macedonia, is pretty perfect. This vineyard has been here since 1981, slowly building a reputation for producing great wines, and with such close proximity to the city, the wines don’t have to travel far to be enjoyed at their absolute best. The malagousia grape is indigenous to this area and this wine is an aromatic white with hints of jasmine and some spiciness. For a pretty intense wine, it’s surprisingly refreshing. It pairs great with any chicken dish.

Akra Chryssos, Santorini White Blend

Buy Now

4. Akra Chryssos, Santorini White Blend

Wines from the island of Santorini are very popular at the moment, but producers from such a small island can only produce so much. So Akkra Chryssos, and other wines from Santorini, are in short supply, which only makes them more desirable. Some of the vines on this island date back 200 years, so there’s a lot of history in the winemaking here. It is a blend, but the assyrtiko grape is dominant and it’s a punchy white with a mature taste of lemon, apple, quince, and a smokey tone that almost tastes like the rocks on the island. It pairs perfectly with any fish dish, especially mackerel.

Akrathos, Assyrtiko 2019

Buy Now

5. Akrathos, Assyrtiko 2019

This is a relatively new vineyard, only being realized in 2007 in Halkidiki. As you’d expect from a young winery, the process is very low-interference, and the winemaking is kept as natural, and as close to how wine has always been made in this region, as possible. This crisp white wine has a really long finish. Assyrtiko is citrussy with definite notes of lemon and it pairs beautifully with any pasta dish. It’s a high-alcohol white wine; personally, I’d choose to drink it in the evening, but a small glass with lunch is very memorable.

Koutsogiannopoulos, Assyrtiko, Ksera Homata

Buy Now

6. Koutsogiannopoulos, Assyrtiko, Ksera Homata

This incredible white wine is one of those you should have on a wish list of wines that are hard to find but so worth the effort if you do find them. The vines at this vineyard in Santorini are old and gnarly and clearly have special powers. It could also be the soil in Santorini, of course, which is volcanic, that gives Ksera Homata its earthy tones. The finish is zesty and citrusy, and this must-try wine is perfect when paired with a fish dish. The taste goes especially well with any fish prepared with Mediterranean flavors and herbs.

7. Vidiano, Idaia Winery, Dafnes

Grown from grapes in a vineyard in Dafnes, Heraklion, on the island of Crete, this white wine is a delicate dry wine that truly tastes of the sea. The vidiano grape is indigenous to Crete, as I already mentioned, and in this wine, the grape somehow reminds you of being on the island when you drink it. The husband-and-wife team who make these wines are passionate about maintaining the heritage of winemaking on the island, and they definitely succeed with this one. If you’ve never tried this grape before, this wine is the perfect introduction to it. It tastes of melon and peach, but it has an aromatic finish that gives it great depth. The dryness of this wine makes it the perfect pairing with any pasta dish. Personally, I like it with Greek meatballs. 

Moraitico Island’s Rose 2021

Buy Now

8. Moraitico Island’s Rose 2021

Produced on the island of Paros, Moraitico Island’s Rose is a light wine that’s slightly sweet but also citrusy. It brings flavors of grapefruit and melon to the forefront when you drink it. The moraitico grape almost went extinct until it was rescued in the 1970s and nurtured back to life, which only makes this wine feel more special. It’s now enjoying a resurgence in popularity in Greece and recently further afield too. It’s a very low-intervention wine that’s perfect with any tuna or lobster dish. I would definitely choose this one for a light lunch, as it’s lower in alcohol and is very refreshing.

Methymnaeos Orange 2021

Buy Now

9. Methymnaeos Orange 2021

This is a very individual orange wine made from the chidiriotiko grape found in the eastern part of the island of Lesvos. The Methymnaeos Orange is another wine that’s not so easy to find, but it’s well worth putting on your list of must-tries. It’s a minerally wine, due to the volcanic soil of the island, and also has a hint of marmalade. It’s unusual, and if you do find it, get more than one bottle as it’s certainly going to become rare. The hint of marmalade makes it a great wine to pair with lamb dishes, very popular in Greece, but it also goes especially well with chocolate desserts, particularly rich and bitter chocolate.

10. Thymiopoulos Xinomavro 2019

The Thymiopoulos winery has been at the foot of the Vermio Mountain in the village of Trilofos, Macedonia, for generations, and there’s a wealth of experience going into winemaking here. This bold red has a lot of character and the flavors of black olive and red fruits come through strongly. Xinomavro pairs perfectly with red meat, as you might expect, but a small glass is also perfect as an aperitif. It’s quite pale in color for such a rich red, but don’t be fooled, this wine is no pushover, and it’s bolder than its color suggests.

11. Domaine Economou, Sitia Antigone

This one is extremely difficult to find outside of Greece, but it’s almost worth the trip alone! The Liatiko vines are only found in Crete, making Sitia Antigone pretty rare to begin with. But on top of that, winemaker Giannis Economou makes his wines limited edition, which means once he’s sold them, it’s a case of tracking one down in a wine shop or restaurant. It’s hard to put your finger on the flavors of this wine. It’s complicated, which I love, but whatever you’re getting from it when you drink it, it’s a truly great wine. I could drink this wine with anything, and easily on its own, but it goes especially well with any mushroom dish. If you can find it, well done, and make sure you buy a case!

Papagiannakos, Erythros

Buy Now

12. Papagiannakos, Erythros

I’m aware that some of the wines on my list are hard to find and quite expensive, but this one is much easier to locate and much more affordable. Papagiannakos is produced in the Peloponnese region of Greece and is a rich red that contains 70 percent agiorgitiko grape and 30 percent cabernet sauvignon. It’s very fruity, but you can also pick up some spiciness with a definite hint of star anise. It’s not a heavy wine, though it has lots of flavor, and it’s great to drink with friends in the evening, or with a starter of pate during your evening meal.

Related Reading:

• 6 Amazing Lesser-Known Experiences In Athens, Greece
• 9 Lesser-Known Wine Regions You Should Visit Around The World
• 5 Tips For A Fabulous Wine Tasting On Santorini

For the first time in my 50-plus years, I was making a cake from scratch, and not just any cake. Along with six other ladies, I was learning to make Gugelfhupf, a type of chocolate marbled bundt cake that’s popular in Vienna, Austria. Oma Renata was our “granny” for the day, tasked with teaching a bunch of American tourists on a hosted press trip to Austria how to create desserts with an Austrian flair.

She’s part of Vollpension, a social enterprise that employs roughly 80 people, most older than 60, who live alone or are affected by poverty. It was one of the most unique experiences I had in Vienna and it was one of the most unique cooking classes I’ve ever expe. Welcome to Vollpension — the unique cooking class in Vienna where you can bake authentic Austrian desserts!

A Sweet Organization

Vollpension creates meeting and learning areas among the old and young through “cooking with Oma” classes and its generational cafés. Vollpension’s handful of coffee shops are manned by grannies and grandpas who also create the home-cooked pastries sold there. Called “Our Generation Café,” the coffee shops act like a granny’s public living room, complete with grannies and grandpas to talk to, ask advice from, or just hug. 

In turn, these omas and opas are earning a wage, escaping isolation, and teaching a skill.

“Ten years ago in 2012, we actually had two observations. The first observation is that in the bigger cities, the generations don’t meet. There is no connection between young people and older people, and they have nothing in common,” said David Haller, “Social grannyniser” and co-founder. 

“The second observation is you get a lot of cakes in all the coffee houses, but where do you get the best cake? Exactly! From your grandparents’ house.”

In 2012, co-founders Mike Lanner and Moriz Piffl created the foundation for “Vollpension” (German for “full pension,” which refers to both the one that Austrians get from the government upon retirement and to the kind of hotel stay that includes meals, or full board). 

For several years, Vollpension was a café that operated as a pop-up and as a mobile kitchen until June 2015 when the first permanent location in Vienna’s Fourth District opened.

In October 2019, the second Vollpension opened at MUK (Music and Arts Private University of Vienna).

Where To Experience 

Vollpension

Vollpension sells authentic Austrian cakes and pastries at a kiosk in the First District. 

The Buchtelmobil

A mobile kitchen that provides granny-baked buchteln (a type of pull-apart sweet yeast roll stuffed with jam, chocolate, and other goodies) to events.

Cooking With Granny

Another type of magic, however, happens at The Vollpension Studio, where the baking-with-a-real-Viennese-granny experience happens. After Vollpension went online with its “Master” baking classes in its own in-house studio and did so-called master classes, the idea of learning to bake from a real granny or grandpa was so popular that Vollpension began BakAdemy.

BakAdemy is a curated experience in which you can take online courses or learn directly from a Viennese granny in person. At the baking course, visitors work step-by-step with a grandma or grandpa to create such Austrian desserts as traditional buchtel, gugelfhupf, eggnog cake, and others. Visitors each receive an apron and the right preparations but also get to spend time with their “grandma” and fellow students. 

My class was led by “Oma Renata,” an elegant pale-eyed woman who softly and patiently taught us non-baking Americans how to create a gugelfhupf, a type of marble cake dotted with almonds and rich with chocolate swirls. In the three hours we spent with Oma Renata, she showed us the correct way to make our own meringue, how to fold dusty cocoa powder into the batter without collapsing the meringue, added a bit of rum to our cakes when we did mess up and just stepped in to help when my own carelessness threatened to ruin my cake.

Soon, the studio was filled with the warm scent of almond cakes baking, and we all sat around a cozy “living room” area to chat about Renata’s life as our desserts rose to golden brown perfection in the ovens.

At the end, we all loaded our surprisingly perfect-looking gugelfhupfs up into pink boxes with the Vollpension logo on it to take home with us. The experience was among my favorites while in Vienna.

Even better, you don’t even have to clean up after yourself! All you have to do is follow grandma’s instructions and take your masterpiece home safely packed in a cake safe.

“Everything we do is to provide jobs for elderly people. It helps with isolation and helps with bringing the generations together,” Haller said. “The last 10 years we had I think a million guests in our coffee houses, but a billion people got in contact with the vision of what we’re doing.”

How To Book A Class

Book An Online Class

Vollpension has online videos available, and each course lasts several hours. In these online courses, you will be able to learn more than 10 recipes as well as picking up some little baking hacks that the Omas and Opas have learned in their lives. All the recipes are based on the family recipes of each of the teachers, and the online classes are great for beginners and master bakers alike. 

To book, visit Vollpension BackAcademy website and find the tab for “Video Courses.” Once you’ve purchased your choice of OMAsterclass, you can find the videos in your user account at any time. You’ll have to create and log into your customer account and choose “Orders” on the left. All your purchases will be there, but if you click on the OMAsterclass, you will be taken straight to the relevant page with all the videos.

Book A Live Baking Class

The live baking course with grandma is an all-round package. In addition to a lot of fun and grandma love, you also receive a recipe of the baked pastry as a certificate, the finished pastry to take home, a selfie with a grandma, and a little surprise at the end. Classes usually run two and a half to three and a half hours and no baking experience is required. To book this unique cooking class with a Viennese granny where you can bake authentic Austrian desserts, visit the Vollpension BackAcademy website. Choose “Baking Courses in Studio.” 

To book a private course or an exclusive group activity with friends, fill out the contact form at the bottom of the page to ask about availability and dates. Someone will then get in touch with you immediately.

While Scotland is not necessarily known as a foodie destination, there is no doubt that some of its traditional dishes are recognized around the world. Who hasn’t heard of haggis or deep-fried Mars bars? Others are definitely a more local affair, and offer lots to discover and try.

Wherever I travel, I tend to try and sample as much of the local cuisine as possible, as each traditional dish tells you a little about the region, the people, and their history.  In Scotland, surrounded on three sides by the sea, there is definitely a lot of fresh seafood around, but it is the typical Scottish food that I searched out, to more or less success.

Here are some of the typically Scottish foods and drinks you need to try when you find yourself in the northernmost country of the United Kingdom, for better or for worse. Be brave, and you will be rewarded.

1. Haggis

Haggis is undoubtedly the most famous Scottish food item, maybe after whisky — see below — and it is the national dish of Scotland. Now, you have got to be brave: Haggis is made from minced sheep’s lung, heart, and liver mixed with chopped beef or lamb, oats, suet, and numerous spices, such as nutmeg, cinnamon, and coriander. The finely ground mixture is then wrapped in a sheep’s stomach and boiled. Still upright?

Having a vegetarian daughter, my stomach turns at the ingredients list, but, when in Scotland… And do you know what? It is really good.  There are no chewy lumps or fatty meat; instead, the fine mince tastes nearly Christmassy, beautifully spiced, but not spicy, and very tasty indeed. I enjoyed it so much, I had it again, and would heartily recommend it to anybody. Just don’t think of the list of ingredients, that’s all.

Where To Try It: The Ardnamurchan Scottish Restaurant in Glasgow is a hugely popular restaurant in a contemporary setting, and the dishes are affordable, nicely presented, and really yummy.

2. Neeps And Tatties

If you are eating haggis, then you will also be eating neeps and tatties; they go together like fish and chips. What sounds exotic is simply mashed up swedes and/or turnips, called neeps, and potatoes, the tatties. Again, finely mashed, but not pureed, they are prepared with butter, salt, and pepper, and that is pretty much it. Simple, warming, hearty, and tasty. And, together with haggis, not a dish that will give your teeth a workout, but a perfect combination that is very enjoyable.

Where To Try It: I had them at the same place as the haggis, the Ardnamurchan in Glasgow, but you find them on every menu in Scotland as they are a staple food.

3. Cullen Skink

What sounds like a sulking lizard is indeed one of the tastiest soups in the world, and that is official, according to Taste Atlas, which scored the soup 4.8 out of 5. And I, for one, tend to agree. There is nothing better on a cold winter’s day than a steaming hot bowl of soup, unless you can get hold of a steaming hot bowl of Cullen Skink, that is. Made quite simply from milk, potatoes, leeks, and onions, with the magic ingredient of smoked haddock, the soup is creamy and, because of the fish, has a lovely smoked flavor to it. Originating from the northeastern fishing village of Cullen some 180 miles north of Edinburgh, smoking fish was a popular way of preserving a fresh catch and it makes for a nice, hearty dish.

Where To Try It: I ate it pretty much everywhere I found it, which is in most restaurants serving local dishes, but according to anybody in the know, it is the Rockpool Cafe in Cullen where they still follow the absolutely original and best recipe.

4. Irn-Bru

Ask anybody Scottish, and they come together over their love for Irn-Bru. This neon orange fizzy soda is famous but is rarely available beyond the Scottish borders. Personally, I hate carbonated drinks, and certainly any that glow in the dark, but in the name of research, I went for it. Tense and with a glass of water nearby to wash away the taste, I sipped, and I liked. Very sweet, very orange, but not as awful as Lucozade (my apologies, Lucozade makers), it has a taste that I cannot describe, but it certainly is not as harsh as it looks, or you’d expect. I would have it again on an occasion that I needed a sugary caffeine rush, but no coffee was at hand.

Where To Try It: I did my taste experiment in the lovely setting of the coffee shop inside the imposing Kelvingrove Art Gallery & Museum in Glasgow. Buy a can of the drink and try it. It is surprisingly good. Another surprise point to Scottish food and drink.

5. Deep-Fried Mars Bar

Okay, now if you think haggis is weird, then you have tried nothing yet. Some 20-odd years ago it went through the world press and TV that in Scotland they started to batter and deep fry that chocolate bar made from caramel and chocolate, the Mars bar. Why, I cannot be too sure, but even now, whenever you hear talk about eating in Scotland, the deep-fried Mars bar comes up.

I love chocolate, but I do not like Mars bars (my apologies, Mars Wrigley), but I had chocolate spring rolls before and they were so good, that, again in the name of research, I went for it. Honestly? It is one of the worst things I have ever tasted. I had two bites, just to confirm my first impression, and threw out the rest. That said, my husband found it greasy but not too bad. And for what it’s worth, he also likes Mars bars. So, by all means, try one.

Where To Try It: While any fish and chip shop in the Glasgow city center offers them, I cannot bring myself to recommend the place I got mine from.

6. Cranachan

Now, here we are coming to probably my favorite after haggis and Cullen Skink. This is a sweet treat served in a glass that is made up of layers of cream, oats, honey, and fresh raspberries with a dash of whisky. It is a dessert served on special occasions, such as Burns Night celebrations, when I first tasted it, and originates from the harvest festival, taking place after the harvest of the raspberries. It is absolutely scrumptious, light and healthy tasting, and so moreish that you might as well try and get hold of another one straight away.

Where To Try It: Head straight to the beautiful Café Royal in Edinburgh, where they also do the Macbeth Toastie, a toasted sandwich filled with haggis, smoked bacon, cheddar, and caramelized onions.

7. Stovies

Stovies is a dish based on potatoes. Usually served in an individual baking dish, or portioned from a larger casserole dish, this recipe is an individual one, with every place preparing it slightly differently. Small diced potatoes are stewed slowly and prepared with onions, vegetables, and usually some kind of slow-cooked meat, or indeed a cold slice of meat on the side. Very wintery and warming, nearly stodgy, but good old comfort food to be sure. It is so warming that they serve it at the Edinburgh Christmas Market to enjoy with a glass of mulled wine. And that is pretty perfect.

Where To Try It: If you are in Glasgow instead of the Edinburgh Christmas Market, then head to the Curler’s Rest Pub near the Botanical Gardens.

8. Whisky

You can’t talk about Scottish food and drink and not talk about whisky. It is the national drink, it is an important part of the country’s income, and it is, quite simply, the lifeblood of Scotland. Whisky distilling started, as did champagne making, in a monastery. What would we do without the old monks?! The name whisky derives from the old Gaelic expression, uisge beatha, and can be translated as “water of life,” not to be confused with the clear aquavit, the Scandinavian water of life.

Where To Try It: Wherever you find yourself in Scotland, there is whisky, and the taste differences are enormous. And the best way to find one you like is during a whisky tasting. The slightly touristy, but extensive and informative Scotch Whisky Experience on the Royal Mile in Edinburgh will leave your head spinning for so many reasons.

9. Scottish Porridge

I am not a breakfast person normally, but when I have time and leisure, I love some freshly made porridge. Especially when it’s cold outside. Scottish porridge is made from oats that are ground, so it is a lot finer than most porridges around the world, and it makes for a creamy texture. It is not a traditionally Scottish dish as such, because many countries have porridge, but the way the oats are treated differs, so I thought I’d include it here.

Where To Try It: Many cafes offer you porridge on the breakfast menu. I enjoyed the porridge at Pep & Fodder at 11 Waterloo Place near Calton Hill in Edinburgh. Unpretentious, and budget-friendly, they are happy to top up your cinnamon or syrup as you work through your bowl of porridge.

Last August and September my wife and I had the pleasure of traveling throughout northern Greece on two wheels. We rented our BMW 310GS motorcycle, Max, in Romania, a few months earlier, and over the course of 31 days, we visited 15 different cities and walked in the footsteps of Alexander the Great, Aristotle, Paul the Apostle, and many others. As beautiful as every city was, I suggest these as the top five places in Northern Greece that you must visit.

1. Kavala

We spent our first night in Greece in this charming seaside town just 2 hours west of the Turkish border, and much of our route took us along what is called the Via Egnatia, which was the original super highway traversing Greece from east to west. It was built 2,000 years ago by the Romans and much of today’s highway follows the exact route.

Getting There: Since Kavala is a port city it offers several ferry routes to many different islands, including Mykonos and Syros, as well as into Athens, for those looking for alternative ways to traverse between the cities.

Kamares

I think the best preserved Roman aqueduct I have ever seen is Kamares. It is one of the prime attractions in this city with the intimacy of a small town but the attractions of a much larger one. 

Kavala Acropolis And Fort

The castle on the hill is called Kavala Acropolis and Fort, and it is a moderate hike up to the top of the hill, but well worth it. It offers a panorama of the harbor and the entire city, as well as views of the Kamares Aqueduct from a different perspective. You can walk from the port to the shopping areas to the fort in less than one hour.

Museums And Historical Sites

The Archaeology Museum of Kavala is worth a visit and is not overwhelming in size, yet can be toured in less than 90 minutes.

I recommend you drive just 30 minutes north to the Archeological site and Museum of Philippi, and The Holy Shrine of the Baptistery of Saint Lydia, which were amazing and historical. This was the site of the first Christian baptism in Europe by the Apostle Paul in the river Zygaktis. You can actually sit there by the stream, put your hand in the same waters, and visualize this event from two millenniums ago.

Pro Tip: Summer travel in Europe can be challenging since July and August are the prime holiday months. Even though we arrived in the third week of August, Kavala was easy to negotiate, and not overly crowded. Because of the port access, this would be a great place to visit for several days or more and then launch into your next location.

2. Thessaloniki

Even though Athens is the governmental capital of Greece, Thessaloniki, the second largest city, is considered to be the cultural capital. It has 15 UNESCO sites, the most in any one town internationally, and is also a college town, so it offers a great selection of music, the arts, and coffee shops. There are also so many tattoo parlors and funky boutiques it would take weeks to make a dent.

Aristotle Square

Thessaloniki was not crazy busy, and the waterfront is a terrific place for strolling and whiling the time. The city’s Aristotle Square is considered to be one of the landmark rendezvous places to meet for coffee or gelato. The city was founded in 315 B.C.E. by one of Alexander the Great’s generals named Cassander, who named it after his wife, Thessaloniki, who was also Alexander’s half-sister. Alexander’s footprints loom large in the town and there are statues of him as well as another Greek icon: Aristotle.

Church Of San Demetrius

On our first day in town, we walked 6.5 miles and had a chance to visit several noteworthy locations, including the Church of San Demetrius, which was stunningly beautiful with painted murals and artwork galore. It is the city’s largest church. Under the main floors are catacombs which have been remodeled and renovated over the many centuries since they were first built.

Other noteworthy stops include the Rotunda, which was built around 300 A.D. and is one of the city’s most recognizable sites due to its shape, and the White Tower, down on the harbor, which was built in the 15th century, and over history has been a lighthouse, part of a fortress, and a prison.

Museums

For museum lovers, the Archaeological Museum of Thessaloniki is a must-see as is Jewish Museum, which highlights the long and significant history of the Jewish population in the town, along with the atrocities they dealt with through the Holocaust.

Pro Tip: Thessaloniki and Athens go together like a burger and fries, and they are conveniently connected by rail for a cost of about $12 USD/€10. The trip takes 5 to 6 hours. It travels through the mountains near the town of Larissa and passes by the biggie: Mount Olympus. Driving time is about the same and covers just over 500 kilometers (300 miles).

3. Edessa

Karanos Waterfall

Edessa is called the City of Waterfalls, and the Big One, called Karanos, is as impressive as any falls I have ever seen. At 70 meters (230 feet) high, it is the highest in Greece, and though there are bigger waterfalls in the world, few of them are like this!

Pro Tip: It’s not a secret, but few people know about it or do it, but there is a path that takes you behind and below the Karanos Falls! We noticed a walkway below, but weren’t quite sure how to get to it, but if you walk to the left side of the falls there is a road going down to the hydroelectric plant, and if you continue onward you’ll find the walkway. Great pictures can be taken below, and you can walk back to the top through the falls, which is much more direct. It is not dangerous, nor particularly strenuous, but you will get soaked and you must watch your footing! 

Lamda Waterfalls

Though Karanos is the main waterfall, immediately adjacent are two more called Lamda, and what makes these waters unique is that they contain travertine minerals that actually increase the height of the falls and cause them to grow over time. And the flow of water ionizes the air which makes it refreshing to breathe.

Museums And Shops

In the downtown park, there is a reptile museum, craft shops, and a mill where you can learn about the history of the main crops in the area, including sesame seeds and cherries.

Just outside the city itself (a 15-minute drive) is the Ancient Edessa Archaeological Site of Longos, which you can walk through.

4. Meteora And Kalabaka

Some places in the world look surreal and make you question if they really exist: Meteora fits on that prestigious list. It combines the best of nature, carving out rock like a sculptor and rising hundreds of feet into the sky. The ingenuity and back-breaking work of man are also at play here, where churches have been built in places that seem impossible.

Meteora is about two things: Monasteries and views; and there are plenty to take in. When you first arrive you may wonder, “How do you get up there?” but the road up is almost effortless and can be enjoyed by walking, on a bike, via tour bus, or, in our case, on Max, our trusty BMW bike.

Getting There: There is a train from Athens to Meteora (Kalabaka) which would save driving time. It takes 4 hours and is quite scenic.

Great Meteoron Holy Monastery Of The Transfiguration Of The Saviour

The Great Meteoron Holy Monastery of the Transfiguration of the Saviour or The Great Monastery, for short, is the one most people know, and one of the easiest to get to, but it does require you to climb quite a few stairs. It is not wheelchair friendly and you must know that it can be a strenuous walk. Inside is a museum with scores of exhibits from the Byzantine periods, and since these buildings were so inaccessible, many items that would normally have been destroyed during WWII were kept safe here with the monks. 

Monastery Of Varlaam

The Monastery of Varlaam was next on our list and was easier to access but no less inspiring. These monasteries were built in the 13th and 14th centuries, and there used to be 24 of them. As you walk through, it is pure evidence of the ingenuity of mankind that these structures were built so beautifully using primitive tools and by hoisting material from the bottom or using a cable across the ravine.

Pro Tip: These monasteries have strict dress codes, especially for women, and you must cover your hair and legs.

This area is a hiker’s paradise and worth at least 3 days or more to see it all. Even the less energetic could enjoy Meteora for several days and not get bored.

5. Halkidiki

More than a city, Halkidiki is actually a region and encompasses three peninsulas: Kassandra, Sithonia, and Athos. They jut out from the northern part of Greece like the letter M, and each landmass sticks out into the lovely Aegean Sea. Between the main body of land and the three fingers, Halkidiki has over 500 kilometers (300 miles) of coastline.

The entire Halkidiki area is a nature lover’s dream! It offers wooded forests, miles of water and coastline, fishing, and camping. But it also offers amazing history.

Olynthos

One of the best options for history lovers is the Archaeological site of Olynthos, which was a substantially large city, well laid out, and founded about 3000 B.C. It was advanced for its time and was built with efforts to make it energy efficient. It was home to a two-story design and advanced sewage systems.

The capital of this area, Polygyros, recently opened the Archaeological Museum of Polygyros, which was exquisite in its design and layout.

Pro Tip: For anyone who has time to take an extended vacation or getaway, the Halkidiki region would be a great place to spend most of that time. You’ll enjoy beaches galore, mountains, lakes, rivers, and everything in between.

Related Reading:

• 7 Reasons This Little-Known Region In Greece Needs To Be At The Top Of Your Travel List
• 10 Breathtaking Athens Vacation Rentals With Acropolis Views
• 7 Things That Surprised Me On My First Trip To Greece

I love a travel bargain, especially when it is least expected, and the Italian region of Abruzzo is both an incredible deal and an astonishing one. How this gorgeous area isn’t overrun with visitors and high price tags is a bit of a mystery to me, but I’m thrilled to take it just as it is. I suspect you (and your pocketbook) will love it just as much as I do.

Geographically, Abruzzo is just east of Rome in central Italy, however, the region is considered to be in Southern Italy. Located along the Adriatic Sea, it is surrounded by the Marche region to the north, Lazio to the west and southwest, and Molise to the southeast. Abruzzo consists of four provinces: L’Aquila, Teramo, Pescara, and Chieti. 

There are ample transportation links from Rome, including trains, buses, and even rideshare programs. I was recently plotting out one journey, and I was pleasantly surprised that I could get to my destination for a fraction of the train’s time and cost using rideshares. I’ll take it! You can also connect to Abruzzo through eastern Italy (there are trains from Venice and Bologna to Pescara) and the south (via direct buses from Naples). Abruzzo Airport, in Pescara, serves international flights and is increasingly popular with low-cost carriers such as Ryanair.

But Abruzzo is much more than its transportation routes. The region’s motto is forte e gentile, meaning “gentle and kind,” and I think that captures the area’s spirit perfectly. Here are some of the reasons Abruzzo will make you swoon.

1. It’s Calm And Quiet

While I wouldn’t go so far as to describe Abruzzo as sleepy (after all, its next-door neighbor is Rome), this is a quiet region. 

To be fair, Abruzzo has good-sized cities (Pescara is home to about 120,000 people), busy seaports, and bustling medieval towns, but the overall vibe is calm and quiet, especially when you move away from the sandy beaches of the Adriatic coast and toward the rugged interior. The province of L’Aquila, with an average of 150 Abruzzese per square mile, has one of the lowest population densities in all of Italy. In some areas, visitors might just be outnumbered by animals because…

2. Abruzzo Is Europe’s Nature Capital

The Abruzzo region is the heart of unspoiled Italian nature. The region is home to foxes, porcupines, wild cats, wild boars, badgers, otters, and even brown bears and wolves. It’s also one of the few places to see the Pyrenean chamois. The chamois, a small, reddish-brown goat-antelope, was once almost hunted to extinction in order to make chamois leather but has since recovered. 

Abruzzo animals find shelter in the area’s three national parks, as well as several regional parks and nature reserves. Together, these protected areas make up half of Abruzzo’s land, and the area is nicknamed “Europe’s greenest region.”

3. National Parks

Known as the green region of Europe, Abruzzo is home to three national parks: Lazio and Molise National Park (which is often just called Abruzzo National Park), Gran Sasso and Monti della Laga National Park, and Majella National Park.

Abruzzo National Park/Lazio And Molise National Park

Abruzzo National Park, founded in 1922–1923, offers crucial protected habitats for several endangered species, including wolves, bears, and chamois. It’s an excellent spot for birdwatching and is home to six nesting pairs of golden eagles. Visitors to the park enjoy downhill and cross-country skiing, hiking, and horseback riding.

Pro Tip: Just north of Parco Nazionale d’Abruzzo, Lazio e Molise is Lago di Scanno, or Lake Scanno. The lake appears to be heart-shaped when viewed from a panoramic point that can be reached on foot in about an hour by following the Path of the Heart.

Gran Sasso And Monti Della Laga National Park

Gran Sasso and Monti della Laga National Park is home to Europe’s southernmost glacier, the Calderone. There are more than 120 miles of dedicated trails for horseback riding, and the area is equally famous for snow, skiing, and mountaineering. When this relatively young park was designated in 1991, a number of tiny, centuries-old communities found themselves within the park’s boundaries. Now Gran Sasso is just as popular for its village attractions as its natural ones.

Majella National Park

Majella National Park (also spelled Maiella National Park) is a scientific wonder. From 1998 to 2005 it was home to a major international geological research project known as TaskForceMajella, and in 2001 it was named a UNESCO Global Geopark. However, you don’t have to be a scientist to enjoy this gorgeous destination. The park is home to more than 300 miles of hiking trails and is an excellent spot for cave exploration (and for seeing cave paintings!).

4. Foodie Hot Spot

Is there any part of Italy that isn’t delicious? If there is, I haven’t found it. In a land of culinary dominance, Abruzzo’s cuisine really stands out. Inland, there’s a heavy emphasis on goat and lamb, reflecting the area’s heritage of farming and herding. Mutton skewers, or arrosticini, are one of its most famous dishes. The region also produces cheese made of lamb’s milk (pecorino) and goat’s milk.

Known as the land of yellow gold, Abruzzo is Italy’s saffron capital, and the prized saffron crocus grow along the Navelli plateau near L’Aquila. Abruzzo is also famous for licorice, which has been harvested in the area since Roman times. As in the rest of the country, centuries-old olive trees produce excellent extra virgin olive oil.

Other local favorites include confetti di Sulmona: candy-coated almonds that are often brightly colored and arranged to look like pretty flower petals. “Guitar spaghetti” or spaghetti alla chitarra is another Abruzzo hallmark. It is named for the guitar-shaped device that cuts egg noodle spaghetti into a square shape instead of the typical rounded edges of traditional spaghetti.

5. Abruzzo Wine

Abruzzo’s wines don’t have the same buzz as those from, say, Tuscany, but they’re absolutely beloved by oenophiles (and that lack of big-name recognition means tons of bargains). You may have already tasted Abruzzo’s best grapes without even knowing it, as about two-thirds of the region’s annual wine harvest is actually sold to other Italian regions to supplement their own production. 

Abruzzo’s most famous vino is the red wine, Montepulciano d’Abruzzo (not to be confused with a similar sounding name found in Tuscany), and the white wine, Trebbiano d’Abruzzo. Fans of rosé will want to try Cerasuolo, which is made from the Montepulciano grape in vineyards located in the mountainous interior of Abruzzo. These wines are typically a deep, bright, cherry pink — definitely unlike your usual rosé at home!

6. Homey Hill Towns

One of my favorite things to do anywhere in Italy is to explore a hill town. These picturesque destinations, ranging from tiny communities with limited amenities to bustling small towns filled with tourist-friendly services, are always charming and fun to explore. Some notable spots include:

Castel Del Monte

Castel del Monte means “Fortress of the Mountain,” and evidence of human habitation dates to the 11th century B.C. However, the medieval village you see today, with its huge defensive walls, dates to the 1500s and 1600s, when the powerful Medici family was in charge. Today, the small hamlet of about 500 people has been recognized by I Borghi più belli d’Italia, Italy’s official association for its most beautiful villages. It is also a Slow Food leader for cheese production and well known for its annual August festival in which the entire community participates in a folk tale re-enactment known as La Notte delle Streghe, or “The Night of the Witches.”

Santo Stefano Di Sessanio

Located within Gran Sasso National Park, just over 100 people call this hilltop village home. Like its neighbor Castel del Monte, Santo Stefano di Sessanio has been named one of Italy’s most beautiful villages and has been recognized by the Slow Food movement for its gourmet lentils. There’s even a lentil festival each year! Every September, the Sagra delle Lenticchie celebrates the village’s most famous food. 

Hotel accommodations here are unique. A program called albergo diffusio has one central check-in area, but the hotel rooms themselves are located in multiple locations across the community.

Castelli

Also located within Gran Sasso National Park, this community of about 1,300 is famous for maiolicas, a kind of decorative ceramics that were once all the rage among European nobles. Castelli remains popular with ceramists and artists and is home to a ceramics museum (the Museo Delle Ceramiche) and a well-regarded church from the 17th century, San Donato.

7. Underrated Archeological Hot Spot

Some of Italy’s finest archeological findings are in Abruzzo, but the area tends to be overshadowed by more famous and robust sites like Pompeii, Rome, and Tuscany. But the city of Chieti, the capital of the province of Chieti located along the Trabocchi Coast, is home to a true archeological gem. The Museo Archeologico Nazionale d’Abruzzo is home to the Warrior of Capestrano statue, which dates to the 6th century B.C. and is in excellent condition. 

In the city of Teramo, you’ll find the Teramo Cathedral (where construction first began in 1158), an archeological museum, and a Roman theater. And in the city of L’Aquila is the Museo Nazionale d’Abruzzo, where exhibits include artifacts dating to Roman times, medieval and modern art, and even a giant skeleton of an Archidiskon meridionalis, a kind of prehistoric elephant. The museum was located in the 16th century Castello dell’Aquila but had to be moved after a devastating 2009 earthquake — and as of May 2022, the Castello dell’Aquila itself is getting the full restoration treatment.

Not all of Abruzzo’s ancient history can be found in a museum. In fact, some of the region’s most significant cultural practices are still taking place today, albeit in a more limited form. The most famous of all is the transumanza, a seasonal movement of sheep flocks that dates to the region’s earliest times as a pastoral area. The activity is still practiced today and is often celebrated at community festivals.

Related Reading:

• 7 Amazing Places To Visit In Beautiful Sicily
• 10 Ways To Avoid Looking Like A Tourist In Italy
• My 6 Favorite Places To Visit In Italy’s Historic Town Of Assisi

Barnsley Resort is surrounded by nature and the most beautiful tall evergreen trees I’ve ever seen. Visitors are drawn to its countryside setting with its English-inspired village of quaint cottages in every color along sidewalks, fire pits in the center of the street, charming street lamps, and miles of trails onsite. It’s easy to come here and never want to leave, making this a perfect destination for a lovely getaway.

Amenities

Room Types 

55 rooms and suites in the Inn and 39 cottages scattered throughout the property.

Hotel Class

Upscale

How To Get To Barnsley Resort

Barnsley Resort is located in the foothills of the Blue Ridge Mountains in North Georgia, 1 hour north of Atlanta and 1 hour south of Chattanooga. 

Parking

Free Parking

Why I Chose Barnsley Resort 

With so much history of the manor house ruins, nature all around you, outdoor adventure, and Southern cuisine, how could you not love it here?

I visited in December and experienced their holiday ensemble of holiday wreaths on every door and window, real Christmas trees on the lawn, and lights that lit up the village like magic. However, a visit any time of year is lovely at Barnsley Resort. There is always something special going on at the resort for its guests.

History Of Barnsley Resort

The resort dates back to the 1840s when Mr. Barnsley purchased 4,000 acres to build a mansion for his wife. She sadly died before it was completed. Through the years, the Estate went through much history, including the Civil War and the devastation of a tornado that damaged the home. The estate fell to ruin and went through several hands before it became what it is today.

Today, the history lies in the resort’s museum, adjacent to the manor house ruins and the beautiful Barnsley Gardens.

Activities At Barnsley Resort

You can be as active as you’d like and get pampered when it’s time for some self-care. There is so much to do at the resort that you’ll never need to leave for any outside activity. With an array of activities for nature lovers, shooting enthusiasts, golfers, swimmers, and more, guests can pursue their passions in many ways.

The Spa

Take a break and unwind at the spa with ten treatment rooms and separate relaxation areas for men and women, each with lockers, a steam room, and a sauna. The spa offers body treatments, massages, facials, and experiences.

18-Hole Golf Course

Golfing is available 7 days a week and on holidays. Rates include greens fee, golf cart, and range balls. Club rentals are available. Check for season rates.

Horseback Riding

Enjoy a horseback ride exploring the resort’s historical past and natural surroundings led by an experienced trail guide.

Hiking & Biking

Take a hike through the rolling landscape or bike the nature trails. Bicycles are available at the outpost.

Clay Shooting

For high-end sporting enthusiasts, sign up for an adventure in clay shooting. The Beretta Shooting Grounds is one of the top sporting clay facilities in the Southeast, offering a manifold of open fields, wooded terrain, and water.

Archery, Air Rifle, And Axe Throwing

Test your skills at one or all three of these outdoor activities. After the introduction, you’ll be ready to put your skills to work.

Canoeing & Fishing

For a peaceful afternoon with the family, canoe the picturesque 10-acre lake or enjoy catch-and-release fishing at the well-stocked pond. Complimentary fishing poles are available.

Pool & Fitness

Take a swim in the stunning saltwater pool or amp up your workout routine in the well-equipped fitness center. 

Restaurants At Barnsley Resort

Executive Chef Javier Cuesta brings his European techniques and Spanish upbringing to each restaurant. Only the freshest ingredients from the garden and local gardens are used in all three property restaurants. If munchies arise, snack foods are available in the outpost (gift shop).

Woodlands Grill

A lovely family restaurant with an English hunting lodge look and views of the Jim Fazio golf course serving home-cooked Southern fare, from hamburgers to fine dining. Breakfast, lunch, and dinner, plus an extensive wine, craft beer, and spirit list.

Rice House

Inside a 19th-century farmhouse, the quaint Rice House restaurant is equipped with hand-crafted tables from reclaimed heart pine wood known for strength and golden red coloration. An elevated seasonal menu of Southern cuisine from local farms and gardens is served seasonally on weekends.

Beer Garden

Open rain or shine, the Beer Garden offers al fresco dining with casual breakfast and lunch in the open air. Enjoy local beers on the weekends by the fire pit.

Types Of Travelers At Barnsley Resort

Couples, families, nature lovers, and active and outdoorsy people.

Pet-Friendly Information

Certain cottages are pet-friendly with no weight limit.

Tips On Booking Accommodations

If you’re interested in visiting during a special event, I suggest booking early, as these events are exceptional, and spots fill up fast. See the resort’s Calendar of Events page for upcoming events. Otherwise, booking online or by calling is a great option.

What Is Near Barnsley Resort? 

Barnsley Resort is nestled in the foothills of the Blue Ridge Mountains and among countryside homes with land and beautiful trees. It’s the type of neighborhood most of us visiting would want to live in – that is, if you love trees, woods, trails, and nature.

Visits to Hickory Flat Pottery, Moccasin Creek Park, and boutiques downtown in nearby Cartersville are enjoyed by guests when looking for other things to do. Enjoy the view and the scenic drive on your way there.

Would I Stay Here Again?

I was in awe when my driver turned left on the road to the resort. And from the minute I stepped into the Inn, where I was greeted with southern Georgia hospitality, I knew I was in for a treat during my stay. I’d return with my mother during Thanksgiving to make holiday wreaths if I could.

Contact

597 Barnsley Gardens Road

Adairsville, Georgia 30103

(770-733-7480) (877-773-2447)

https://barnsleyresort.com

Read more about things to do near the Barnsley Resort:

• 13 Incredible Things To Do In Beautiful Rome, Georgia
• How To Spend A Perfect Weekend In The Apple Capital Of Georgia